RELEASE_NOTES revision 112810
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.132 2003/03/29 14:02:26 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
10	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
11		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
12		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
13  		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
14		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
15		includes DNS.
16	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
17		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
18		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
19		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
20	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
21		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
22		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
23		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
24		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
25		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
26		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
27	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
28		by Derek Wueppelmann.
29	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
30		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
31		College London.
32	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
33		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
34		Maurice Makaay.
35	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
36		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
37	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
38	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
39		text file instead of the database map.
40	Portability:
41		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
42			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
43			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
44			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
45
468.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
47	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
48		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
49		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
50		of ISS X-Force.
51	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
52		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
53		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
54		Stanford University Compilation Group.
55	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
56		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
57	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
58		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
59		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
60	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
61		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
62	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
63		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
64		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
65
668.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
67	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
68		across various connections.  This could cause session
69		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
70		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
71		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
72	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
73		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
74		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
75	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
76		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
77		Erik Parker.
78	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
79		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
80		is used.
81	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
82		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
83	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
84		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
85		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
86		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
87		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
88	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
89		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
90	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
91		of 11 or higher.
92	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
93		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
94	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
95		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
96		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
97		to be run even if Runners=0.
98	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
99		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
100		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
101	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
102		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
103	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
104		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
105	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
106		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
107	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
108		by John Majikes of IBM.
109	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
110		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
111	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
112		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
113		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
114	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
115		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
116		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
117	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
118		noted by Matthias Andree.
119	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
120		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
121	Portability:
122		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
123		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
124			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
125			an argument, hence the builtin version of
126			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
127			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
128			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
129		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
130			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
131		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
132			of the TrustedBSD Project.
133		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
134			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
135		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
136		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
137			Corporation.
138		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
139	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
140		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
141	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
142		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
143		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
144	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
145		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
146		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
147		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
148		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
149		in the file itself.
150	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
151		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
152		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
153		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
154	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
155	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
156		relay.
157	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
158		in access_db.
159	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
160	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
161		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
162		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
163	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
164		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
165		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
166	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
167		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
168		Sun Microsystems.
169	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
170		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
171	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
172		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
173		iDEFENSE, Inc.
174	New Files:
175		devtools/OS/Interix
176		include/sm/bdb.h
177
1788.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
179	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
180		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
181		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
182		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
183		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
184	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
185		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
186		Courtesan Consulting.
187	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
188		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
189		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
190	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
191		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
192		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
193	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
194		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
195		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
196		Earickson of Colby College.
197	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
198		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
199		Courtesan Consulting.
200	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
201		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
202	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
203		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
204		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
205	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
206		execve().
207	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
208		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
209		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
210	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
211		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
212		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
213		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
214		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
215	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
216		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
217		supposed for addresses on the header content.
218	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
219	Portability:
220		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
221			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
222			fix from Scott Walters.
223		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
224		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
225			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
226		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
227			NETISO support has been dropped.
228	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
229		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
230		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
231		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
232		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
233		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
234		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
235		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
236		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
237		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
238		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
239		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
240		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
241		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
242	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
243		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
244		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
245		University.
246	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
247		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
248	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
249		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
250	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
251		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
252	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
253		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
254		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
255	New Files:
256		contrib/etrn.0
257
2588.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
259	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
260		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
261		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
262		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
263		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
264		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
265	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
266		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
267		with rogue DNS servers.
268	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
269		by Bryan Costales.
270	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
271		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
272		Costales.
273	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
274		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
275		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
276		Polytechnic Institute.
277	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
278		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
279	Portability:
280		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
281			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
282			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
283			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
284		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
285			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
286			8.13 will change the default locking method to
287			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
288			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
289			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
290			related programs to match locking techniques.
291
2928.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
293	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
294		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
295		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
296		section of the top level README for more information.
297		Problem noted by lumpy.
298	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
299		instead of 0644.
300	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
301		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
302		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
303	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
304		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
305		Purdue University.
306	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
307		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
308		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
309	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
310		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
311		of Active State.
312	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
313		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
314		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
315	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
316		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
317		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
318		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
319	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
320		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
321	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
322		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
323	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
324		or the queue.
325	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
326		user who started sendmail.
327	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
328		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
329		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
330	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
331		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
332		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
333		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
334		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
335	Portability:
336		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
337			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
338			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
339		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
340			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
341			Charles University in Prague.
342		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
343			memory.
344	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
345		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
346	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
347		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
348		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
349	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
350		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
351	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
352		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
353		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
354		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
355		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
356	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
357		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
358		noted by Bryan Costales.
359	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
360		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
361	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
362		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
363	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
364		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
365	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
366		match dnsbl change.
367	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
368		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
369		installing the sendmail statistics file.
370	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
371		a user's filter starts other applications.
372	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
373		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
374	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
375		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
376		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
377	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
378		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
379	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
380		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
381		noted by Bryan Costales.
382	New Files:
383		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
384
3858.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
386	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
387		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
388		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
389		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
390		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
391		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
392		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
393		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
394		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
395		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
396		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
397		University.
398	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
399		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
400		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
401		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
402		of INTERMETA.
403	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
404		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
405	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
406		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
407	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
408		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
409		ActiveState.
410	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
411		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
412	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
413		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
414		Northern Illinois University.
415	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
416		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
417		of Dinoex.
418	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
419		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
420		Polytechnic Institute.
421	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
422		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
423		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
424	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
425		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
426		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
427	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
428		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
429	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
430		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
431	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
432		missing arguments.
433	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
434		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
435		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
436	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
437		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
438	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
439		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
440		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
441	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
442		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
443		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
444	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
445		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
446		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
447		of Concordia University.
448	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
449		found by Mario Nigrovic.
450	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
451		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
452		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
453		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
454	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
455		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
456		Elvers.
457	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
458		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
459		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
460		total number of TCP connections.
461	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
462		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
463		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
464	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
465		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
466	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
467		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
468		Texas.
469	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
470		to 451.
471	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
472		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
473		patch by Bryan Costales.
474	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
475		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
476	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
477		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
478		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
479		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
480		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
481		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
482		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
483		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
484	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
485		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
486		command).
487	Portability:
488		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
489			available.
490		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
491			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
492			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
493			Skyrr.
494		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
495			noted by John Beck.
496		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
497		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
498			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
499	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
500		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
501		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
502	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
503		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
504		error.
505	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
506		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
507		Krzysztof Oledzki.
508	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
509		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
510	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
511		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
512	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
513		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
514		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
515		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
516		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
517		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
518	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
519		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
520		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
521		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
522		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
523		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
524		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
525		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
526	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
527		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
528		noted by John Beck.
529	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
530		if queue groups are used.
531	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
532	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
533	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
534		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
535	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
536	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
537		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
538		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
539		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
540		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
541		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
542	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
543		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
544		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
545	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
546		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
547		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
548	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
549		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
550		ldap_memfree().
551	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
552		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
553	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
554		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
555	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
556		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
557		San Francisco.
558	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
559	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
560		Joe Barbish.
561	New Files:
562		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
563
5648.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
565	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
566		at startup, only log an error message.
567	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
568		following -b) has been specified.
569	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
570		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
571		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
572	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
573		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
574		Regensburg.
575	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
576		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
577		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
578		Institute of Mining and Technology.
579	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
580		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
581		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
582	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
583		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
584		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
585	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
586		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
587		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
588	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
589		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
590		SMTP connections.
591	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
592		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
593		and Technology.
594	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
595		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
596		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
597		Meteorological Institute.
598	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
599		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
600		Online.
601	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
602		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
603		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
604		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
605		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
606		types, respectively.
607	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
608		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
609		of Virginia Tech.
610	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
611		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
612		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
613	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
614		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
615	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
616		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
617	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
618		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
619		of Vienna.
620	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
621		of Sun Microsystems.
622	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
623		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
624		with servers that do not support realms when using
625		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
626	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
627		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
628		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
629	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
630		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
631		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
632	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
633	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
634		instead of forcing localhost.
635	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
636		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
637	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
638		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
639	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
640		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
641		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
642		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
643		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
644	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
645		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
646	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
647		Compaq Computer Corp.
648	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
649		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
650		Tech.
651	Portability:
652		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
653			patch provided by HP.
654		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
655			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
656		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
657			Sachin of Siemens.
658		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
659		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
660			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
661			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
662			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
663		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
664			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
665		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
666			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
667		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
668			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
669			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
670			Hewlett-Packard.
671		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
672			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
673			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
674		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
675			Virginia Tech.
676		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
677			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
678		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
679			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
680	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
681		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
682		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
683	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
684		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
685	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
686		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
687		Florida.
688	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
689		Altin Waldmann.
690	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
691		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
692		Hewlett-Packard.
693	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
694		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
695		of MSFU.
696	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
697		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
698		Institute.
699	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
700	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
701		to free memory twice.
702	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
703		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
704		of Sun Microsystems.
705	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
706		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
707		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
708		University of Athens.
709	New Files:
710		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
711		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
712		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
713		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
714		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
715		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
716		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
717		libsm/mpeix.c
718
7198.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
720	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
721		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
722		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
723		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
724		found by Michal Zalewski.
725	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
726		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
727		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
728		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
729	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
730		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
731	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
732		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
733		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
734	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
735		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
736		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
737	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
738		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
739		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
740		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
741		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
742	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
743		canonical name for a host.
744	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
745		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
746		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
747		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
748	Portability:
749		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
750			`uname` does not given complete information.
751			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
752			Aircraft Company.
753		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
754			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
755		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
756			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
757			Courtesan Consulting.
758	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
759		problems with potential misconfigurations.
760	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
761		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
762		Technology Organisation of Australia.
763	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
764		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
765		then use it.
766	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
767		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
768	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
769		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
770	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
771		and vacation.
772	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
773		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
774		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
775	New Files:
776		test/Build
777		test/Makefile
778		test/Makefile.m4
779		test/README
780		test/t_dropgid.c
781		test/t_setgid.c
782	Deleted Files:
783		include/sm/stdio.h
784		include/sm/sysstat.h
785
7868.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
787	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
788		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
789		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
790		default).  The installation process tries to install
791		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
792		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
793	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
794		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
795		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
796		flags:
797			GroupWritableForwardFile
798			WorldWritableForwardFile
799			GroupWritableIncludeFile
800			WorldWritableIncludeFile
801		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
802	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
803		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
804		(IdS).
805	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
806		point where the variable could become overused for more than
807		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
808		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
809		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
810		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
811	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
812		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
813		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
814		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
815		see sendmail/SECURITY.
816	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
817		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
818	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
819		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
820		sendmail/SECURITY.
821	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
822		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
823		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
824	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
825		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
826		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
827		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
828		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
829	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
830		command has been removed.
831	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
832		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
833	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
834		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
835		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
836		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
837	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
838		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
839		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
840		supported.
841	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
842		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
843		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
844		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
845		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
846		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
847		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
848		creation rather than just before delivery.
849	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
850		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
851		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
852		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
853		preference matches (coattail).
854	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
855		try other MX hosts if available.
856	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
857		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
858	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
859		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
860		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
861	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
862	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
863		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
864		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
865		removed in future versions.
866	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
867		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
868	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
869		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
870		doc/op/op.me for details.
871	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
872		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
873		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
874		of the presented certificate, respectively.
875	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
876	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
877		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
878	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
879		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
880		enough on a per recipient basis.
881	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
882		for STARTTLS.
883	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
884		value "NOT".
885	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
886		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
887	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
888		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
889	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
890		really required.  This change results in a noticable
891		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
892		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
893	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
894		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
895	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
896		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
897		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
898		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
899		command line, then the value also limits the number of
900		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
901		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
902		by a queue run.
903	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
904		system each queue directory resides in.
905	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
906	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
907	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
908		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
909		collected together) to process the same work list at the
910		same time.
911	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
912		active queue runner processes.
913	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
914		runners per queue group.
915	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
916		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
917		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
918		of the queue that match during processing.
919	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
920		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
921		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
922		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
923		persistent queue runner.
924	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
925		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
926		sendmail -q15m).
927	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
928		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
929	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
930		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
931	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
932		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
933	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
934		of the qf file (older entries first).
935	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
936		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
937		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
938		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
939	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
940		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
941	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
942		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
943		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
944		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
945		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
946	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
947		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
948		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
949	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
950		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
951		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
952		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
953		details.
954	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
955		the number of entries in the queue(s).
956	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
957		and the usual documentation for details.
958	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
959	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
960		announced in 8.10.
961	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
962	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
963		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
964		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
965	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
966		-r (number of retries).
967	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
968		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
969		and value separated by the given separator.
970	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
971		to map class arith.
972	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
973		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
974	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
975		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
976	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
977		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
978		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
979	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
980		filenames with spaces).
981	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
982	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
983		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
984		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
985		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
986		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
987		to the loopback net.
988	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
989	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
990		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
991	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
992		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
993	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
994		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
995	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
996		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
997		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
998		Development Group.
999	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1000		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1001		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1002		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1003		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1004		load average is exceeded.
1005	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1006		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1007		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1008		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1009		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1010	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1011	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1012	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1013		instead.
1014	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1015		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1016	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1017		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1018		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1019	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1020		for direct (command line) submissions.
1021	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1022		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1023		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1024	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1025		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1026		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1027	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1028		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1029		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1030		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1031	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1032		before logging.
1033	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1034		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1035	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1036	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1037		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1038		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1039	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1040		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1041		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1042	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1043		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1044		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1045		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1046		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1047		See libsm/index.html for details.
1048	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1049		care of by fork() and exit().
1050	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1051		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1052		new and old (from new libsm).
1053	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1054		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1055	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1056	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1057		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1058		synchronizations calls.
1059	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1060	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1061	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1062		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1063	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1064		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1065		for details.
1066	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1067		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1068		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1069		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1070	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1071		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1072		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1073	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1074		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1075		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1076		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1077		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1078		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1079		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1080	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1081		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1082	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1083		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1084	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1085		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1086		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1087		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1088		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1089		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1090		Urbana-Champaign.
1091	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1092		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1093	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1094		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1095		connections.
1096	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1097		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1098		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1099		cf/README.
1100	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1101		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1102		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1103		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1104		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1105		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1106		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1107		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1108		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1109		example).
1110	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1111		the default schema used in the above two items.
1112	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1113		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1114		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1115	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1116		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1117		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1118	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1119		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1120		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1121		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1122		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1123	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1124		HELO/EHLO commands.
1125	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1126		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1127		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1128		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1129		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1130		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1131		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1132	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1133		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1134		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1135		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1136		(verbose) command line option.
1137	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1138		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1139		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1140		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1141	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1142		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1143		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1144	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1145		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1146		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1147	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1148		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1149		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1150		British Columbia.
1151	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1152		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1153	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1154		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1155		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1156		if required.
1157	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1158		class instead.
1159	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1160		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1161		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1162		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1163	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1164		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1165	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1166		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1167		Nelson of IBM.
1168	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1169		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1170		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1171		their defaults are:
1172		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1173		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1174		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1175		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1176		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1177		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1178		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1179	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1180		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1181	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1182		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1183		Meteorological Institute.
1184	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1185		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1186		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1187	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1188		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1189		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1190	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1191		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1192		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1193		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1194		See sendmail/README for further information.
1195	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1196		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1197		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1198	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1199		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1200		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1201	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1202		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1203	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1204		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1205		flora.ca.
1206	Portability:
1207		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1208			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1209			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1210		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1211			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1212			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1213			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1214			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1215			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1216		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1217			Solaris 8 and later.
1218		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1219	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1220	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1221	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1222	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1223	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1224		temporary lookup failures.
1225	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1226		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1227		or IP nets.
1228	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1229		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1230		to get through.
1231	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1232		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1233		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1234		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1235		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1236	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1237		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1238		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1239		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1240	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1241		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1242		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1243	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1244		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1245		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1246	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1247		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1248	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1249		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1250		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1251	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1252		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1253		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1254		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1255		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1256	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1257		cf/README for details.
1258	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1259		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1260		University of Maryland.
1261	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1262		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1263	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1264		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1265		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1266	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1267		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1268		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1269		Solving.
1270	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1271		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1272	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1273		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1274	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1275		immediately.
1276	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1277		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1278		See cf/README for details.
1279	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1280		temporary lookup failures.
1281	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1282		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1283	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1284		memory use.
1285	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1286		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1287		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1288		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1289		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1290	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1291		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1292	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1293		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1294	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1295		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1296	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1297		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1298		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1299		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1300	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1301	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1302		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1303		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1304		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1305		additional details.
1306	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1307		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1308		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1309		information.
1310	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1311		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1312		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1313	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1314		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1315		recipients as user unknown.
1316	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1317		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1318		section of cf/README for more information.
1319	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1320		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1321		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1322	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1323		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1324		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1325	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1326		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1327		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1328		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1329		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1330		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1331		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1332		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1333		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1334		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1335		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1336	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1337		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1338		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1339		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1340		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1341	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1342		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1343		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1344		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1345		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1346		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1347		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1348		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1349		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1350		doc/op/op.me for details.
1351	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1352		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1353		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1354	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1355		dequote map.
1356	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1357	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1358		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1359	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1360		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1361		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1362		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1363		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1364		This affects the access database as well as the
1365		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1366	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1367	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1368	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1369		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1370		Mississippi State University.
1371	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1372		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1373	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1374		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1375		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1376	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1377		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1378		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1379	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1380		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1381		systems which don't include cat directories.
1382	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1383	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1384		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1385		mailbox database type.
1386	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1387		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1388		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1389		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1390	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1391		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1392	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1393		instead of white space.
1394	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1395		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1396		Meteorological Institute.
1397	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1398	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1399		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1400	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1401		instead of syslog.
1402	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1403		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1404		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1405		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1406	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1407		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1408		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1409		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1410	New Directories:
1411		libmilter/docs
1412	New Files:
1413		cf/cf/README
1414		cf/cf/submit.cf
1415		cf/cf/submit.mc
1416		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1417		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1418		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1419		cf/feature/msp.m4
1420		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1421		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1422		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1423		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1424		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1425		cf/sendmail.schema
1426		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1427		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1428		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1429		editmap/*
1430		include/sm/*
1431		libsm/*
1432		libsmutil/cf.c
1433		libsmutil/err.c
1434		sendmail/SECURITY
1435		sendmail/TUNING
1436		sendmail/bf.c
1437		sendmail/bf.h
1438		sendmail/sasl.c
1439		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1440		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1441		sendmail/tls.c
1442	Deleted Files:
1443		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1444		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1445		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1446		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1447		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1448		include/sendmail/useful.h
1449		libsmutil/errstring.c
1450		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1451		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1452		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1453		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1454		sendmail/clock.c
1455	Renamed Files:
1456		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1457		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1458		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1459
14608.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1461	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1462		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1463		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1464	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1465		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1466		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1467		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1468		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1469	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1470		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1471		Werner Wiethege.
1472	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1473		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1474
14758.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1476	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1477		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1478		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1479		of SE Netway Communications.
1480	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1481		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1482	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1483		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1484		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1485		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1486	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1487		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1488	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1489		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1490		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1491		University College.
1492	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1493		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1494	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1495		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1496		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1497		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1498		University at Albany.
1499	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1500		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1501	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1502		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1503		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1504		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1505	Portability:
1506		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1507			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1508		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1509			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1510		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1511			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1512		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1513			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1514	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1515		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1516
15178.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1518	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1519		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1520		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1521		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1522		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1523		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1524	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1525		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1526		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1527	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1528		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1529		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1530	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1531		from Kenji Miyake.
1532	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1533		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1534	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1535		the same map again while exiting.
1536	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1537		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1538		of Tuebingen.
1539	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1540		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1541		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1542		Oklahoma State University.
1543	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1544		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1545		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1546	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1547		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1548		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1549		Morgan Stanley.
1550	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1551		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1552		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1553	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1554		from Werner Wiethege.
1555	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1556		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1557	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1558		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1559		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1560		Internet Services.
1561	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1562		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1563	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1564		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1565	Portability:
1566		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1567	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1568		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1569	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1570	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1571		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1572		Meteorological Institute.
1573	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1574		since it generates random process ids.
1575	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1576		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1577		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1578	New Files:
1579		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1580
15818.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1582	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1583		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1584		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1585		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1586	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1587		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1588		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1589		communications consulting gmbh.
1590	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1591		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1592	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1593		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1594		connection came in from the command line.
1595	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1596		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1597		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1598	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1599		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1600	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1601		when they were committed.
1602	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1603		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1604	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1605		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1606		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1607		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1608	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1609		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1610		University.
1611	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1612		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1613		accept() completes.
1614	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1615		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1616	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1617		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1618		Wellcome.
1619	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1620		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1621		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1622		University.
1623	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1624		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1625		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1626		University of New Brunswick.
1627	Portability:
1628		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1629			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1630			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1631		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1632			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1633		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1634			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1635			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1636		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1637			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1638			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1639	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1640		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1641	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1642		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1643	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1644		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1645		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1646		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1647		Institute.
1648	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1649		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1650		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1651	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1652		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1653	Renamed Files:
1654		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1655
16568.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1657	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1658		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1659		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1660		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1661		Schools" project (IdS).
1662	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1663		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1664		be enabled by compiling with:
1665		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1666		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1667		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1668	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1669		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1670	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1671		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1672		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1673		Colby College.
1674	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1675		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1676	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1677		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1678		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1679		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1680	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1681		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1682		NxNetworks, Inc.
1683	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1684		client name.
1685	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1686		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1687		the Universitat Regensburg.
1688	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1689		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1690		University of Arizona.
1691	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1692		of Collective Technologies.
1693	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1694		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1695		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1696		Engineering.
1697	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1698		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1699		Meteorological Institute.
1700	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1701		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1702	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1703		Meteorological Institute.
1704	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1705		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1706		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1707		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1708	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1709		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1710		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1711	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1712		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1713		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1714	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1715		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1716		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1717		counting.
1718	Portability:
1719		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1720			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1721			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1722		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1723			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1724		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1725			Rosenman.
1726		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1727			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1728		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1729			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1730			of Pacific Access.
1731		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1732			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1733		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1734			Microsystems.
1735	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1736		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1737		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1738	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1739		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1740	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1741		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1742	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1743		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1744	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1745		Virginia Tech.
1746	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1747		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1748		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1749	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1750	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1751		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1752		gmbh.
1753	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1754		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1755	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1756		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1757		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1758		of Kyoto University.
1759	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1760		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1761		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1762		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1763		version.
1764	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1765		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1766		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1767	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1768	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1769		or *-owner.
1770	New Files:
1771		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1772		contrib/buildvirtuser
1773		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1774
17758.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1776	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1777		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1778	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1779		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1780		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1781		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1782		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1783	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1784		wildcards.
1785	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1786		process may close the connection before the child process
1787		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1788		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1789		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1790	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1791		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1792	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1793		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1794		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1795		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1796	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1797		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1798		of EarthLink.
1799	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1800	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1801		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1802		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1803	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1804		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1805	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1806		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1807		Fournier of Acadia University.
1808	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1809		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1810		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1811		one of the others may be able to take over.
1812	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1813		previous load average query result.
1814	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1815		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1816		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1817		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1818	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1819		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1820	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1821		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1822		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1823	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1824		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1825	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1826		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1827		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1828	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1829		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1830	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1831		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1832		University of British Columbia.
1833	Portability:
1834		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1835			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1836			override the setting.  Suggested by
1837			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1838		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1839			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1840			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1841		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1842			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1843			College.
1844		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1845			Tom Moore of NCR.
1846		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1847			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1848		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1849			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1850			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1851		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1852			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1853			Consulting.
1854	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1855		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1856	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1857		errors in the MAIL address.
1858	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1859		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1860	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1861		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1862	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1863		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1864		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1865		Ericsson.
1866	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1867		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1868		mailer as described in cf/README.
1869	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1870		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1871	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1872		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1873	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1874		sendmail.
1875	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1876		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1877		Meteorological Institute.
1878	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1879	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1880		dot as the only character on the line.
1881	New Files:
1882		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1883
18848.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
1885	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1886		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1887		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1888		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
1889		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1890		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
1891		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1892	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1893		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
1894		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1895		Systems in this category should compile with
1896		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1897		system and report broken implementations to
1898		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
1899		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1900	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1901		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1902		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1903	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1904		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1905		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
1906		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1907	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1908		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1909		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
1910		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1911	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1912		random data.
1913	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1914		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1915		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1916	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1917		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
1918		Martin of CMU.
1919	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1920		strength factor.
1921	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1922		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
1923		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
1924		of CMU.
1925	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1926		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1927		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1928	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
1929		documented, unless a family is specified in a
1930		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
1931		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1932		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1933		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1934		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
1935		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1936	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1937		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1938		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1939		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1940		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
1941		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1942	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1943		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
1944		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
1945		of Sun Microsystems.
1946	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1947		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1948		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
1949		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1950		the incoming information in the queue file for later
1951		delivery attempts.
1952	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1953		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1954		smoe.org.
1955	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1956		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
1957		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1958	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1959		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1960	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1961		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1962		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
1963		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1964	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1965		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
1966		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1967	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1968		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1969		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1970		of Northern Illinois University.
1971	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
1972		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1973	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1974		to kilobyte units.
1975	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1976		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1977		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1978		Polytechnic.
1979	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1980		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1981		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
1982		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1983	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1984		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1985		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1986	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1987		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1988	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1989		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1990		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1991	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1992		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1993		G. Thomas Consulting.
1994	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1995		port number (113).
1996	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1997		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1998	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1999		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2000		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2001	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2002		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2003		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2004		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2005	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2006		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2007		University of Mainz.
2008	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2009		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2010	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2011		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2012	Portability:
2013		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2014			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2015			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2016		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2017		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2018			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2019			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2020			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2021		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2022			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2023		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2024			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2025			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2026			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2027			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2028	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2029		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2030	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2031		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2032		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2033		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2034		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2035		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2036		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2037		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2038		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2039	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2040		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2041		cf/README for more information.
2042	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2043	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2044		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2045	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2046		instead of temporary.
2047	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2048		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2049		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2050		Consulting.
2051	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2052		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2053		RootsWeb.com.
2054	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2055		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2056		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2057		University of Maryland.
2058	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2059		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2060	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2061		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2062		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2063		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2064		of the University of Alberta.
2065	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2066		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2067	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2068	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2069		of X.509 certificates.
2070	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2071		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2072		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2073		Universitat Regensburg.
2074	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2075		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2076	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2077		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2078	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2079		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2080	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2081		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2082		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2083	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2084		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2085	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2086		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2087		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2088		University.
2089	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2090	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2091		links.
2092	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2093		reported.
2094	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2095		Denman Tire Corporation.
2096	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2097		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2098	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2099	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2100		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2101	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2102		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2103	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2104		have a From line.
2105	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2106		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2107	Added Files:
2108		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2109		contrib/cidrexpand
2110		contrib/link_hash.sh
2111		contrib/movemail.conf
2112		contrib/movemail.pl
2113		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2114		test/t_snprintf.c
2115
21168.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2117	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2118		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2119		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2120		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2121		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2122	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2123		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2124	Added Files:
2125		test/t_setuid.c
2126
21278.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2128	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2129		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2130		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2131		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2132		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2133		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2134	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2135		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2136	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2137	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2138		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2139		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2140	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2141		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2142		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2143	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2144		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2145	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2146	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2147		or higher.
2148	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2149		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2150	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2151	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2152		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2153		Polytechnic Institute.
2154	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2155		discards the message.
2156	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2157		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2158		attempted to the alias.
2159	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2160		flag options.
2161	Portability:
2162		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2163			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2164			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2165			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2166			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2167		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2168			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2169		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2170			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2171		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2172		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2173			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2174		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2175			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2176			Services, LLC.
2177		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2178			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2179			Courtesan Consulting.
2180		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2181			Siemens Business Services.
2182	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2183		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2184		of WSRCC.
2185	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2186	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2187		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2188	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2189		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2190	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2191	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2192		of NEC.
2193	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2194		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2195	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2196		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2197		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2198		Virginia Tech.
2199	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2200		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2201		University.
2202	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2203		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2204		release.
2205	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2206		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2207		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2208		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2209	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2210		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2211		Sendmail.
2212	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2213		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2214		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2215	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2216		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2217	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2218		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2219		Northern Illinois University.
2220	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2221		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2222		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2223		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2224	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2225		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2226	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2227		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2228		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2229	Added Files:
2230		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2231		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2232	Deleted Files:
2233		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2234	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2235		doc/intro
2236		doc/usenix
2237		doc/changes
2238
22398.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2240	    *************************************************************
2241	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2242	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2243	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2244	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2245	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2246	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2247	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2248	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2249	    *								*
2250	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2251	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2252	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2253	    *************************************************************
2254	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2255		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2256		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2257		symbolic link target.
2258	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2259		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2260		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2261	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2262		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2263		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2264		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2265		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2266		version of sendmail.
2267	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2268		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2269		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2270		(IdS).
2271	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2272		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2273	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2274		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2275	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2276		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2277		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2278		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2279		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2280		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2281	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2282		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2283		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2284		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2285	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2286		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2287		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2288	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2289		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2290		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2291	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2292		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2293		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2294		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2295		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2296		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2297	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2298		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2299		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2300	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2301		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2302		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2303		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2304		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2305		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2306	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2307		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2308		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2309		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2310	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2311		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2312		accordingly.
2313	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2314		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2315		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2316		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2317		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2318		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2319		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2320	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2321		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2322		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2323		InCert Software.
2324	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2325		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2326		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2327	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2328		a control socket request.
2329	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2330		settings:
2331		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2332			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2333			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2334			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2335		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2336			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2337			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2338		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2339			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2340			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2341			delivery attempt.
2342		Timeout.resolver.retry
2343			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2344			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2345			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2346		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2347			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2348			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2349		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2350			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2351			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2352			delivery attempt.
2353		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2354	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2355		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2356		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2357		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2358		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2359		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2360		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2361		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2362		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2363		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2364	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2365		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2366		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2367		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2368		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2369		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2370		Telecommunications Ltd.
2371	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2372		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2373		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2374		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2375		Inc.
2376	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2377		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2378		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2379	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2380		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2381	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2382		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2383		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2384	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2385		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2386	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2387	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2388		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2389		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2390	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2391		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2392		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2393	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2394		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2395		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2396		Ltd.
2397	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2398		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2399		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2400		example mailer might be:
2401			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2402				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2403				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2404		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2405	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2406		instead.
2407	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2408		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2409		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2410		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2411	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2412		flags.
2413	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2414		body of the original message on delivery status
2415		notifications.
2416	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2417		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2418	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2419		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2420		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2421	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2422		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2423		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2424	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2425		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2426		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2427		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2428	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2429		Conwell of Boston University.
2430	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2431		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2432	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2433		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2434		@Home Network.
2435	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2436		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2437		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2438	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2439		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2440		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2441	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2442		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2443		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2444		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2445		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2446	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2447		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2448		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2449	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2450		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2451		Mathias Herberts.
2452	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2453		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2454		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2455		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2456		in check_compat).
2457	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2458		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2459		option.
2460	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2461	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2462		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2463	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2464		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2465	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2466	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2467		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2468	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2469		is set.
2470	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2471		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2472	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2473		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2474		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2475	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2476	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2477	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2478		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2479		a denial-of-service attack.
2480	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2481		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2482		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2483		overflow attacks.
2484	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2485		alias recursion.
2486	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2487	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2488	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2489		directly before the newline.
2490	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2491		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2492		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2493		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2494		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2495		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2496		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2497		could not be opened.
2498	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2499		value of this option is macro expanded.
2500	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2501		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2502	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2503		(along with the already existing macros):
2504		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2505		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2506		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2507		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2508		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2509		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2510		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2511	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2512		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2513		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2514		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2515		loopback net.
2516	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2517		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2518		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2519	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2520		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2521		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2522		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2523		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2524	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2525		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2526		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2527		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2528		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2529	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2530		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2531		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2532		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2533	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2534		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2535		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2536		Ericsson.
2537	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2538		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2539		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2540		of Ericsson.
2541	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2542		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2543		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2544	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2545		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2546		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2547	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2548		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2549		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2550		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2551	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2552		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2553	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2554		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2555	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2556		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2557		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2558	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2559	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2560		equate name.
2561	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2562		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2563	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2564		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2565	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2566		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2567		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2568		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2569		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2570		David Cooley of Colby College.
2571	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2572		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2573		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2574		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2575		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2576	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2577		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2578		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2579		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2580		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2581		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2582		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2583		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2584		of Stanford University.
2585	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2586		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2587	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2588		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2589		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2590		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2591		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2592		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2593		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2594	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2595		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2596		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2597		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2598	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2599	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2600		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2601	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2602		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2603		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2604		comma separated key and value strings.
2605	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2606		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2607		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2608		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2609		a single connection to that host.
2610	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2611	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2612		LDAP lookups.
2613	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2614		resources.
2615	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2616	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2617	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2618		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2619		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2620		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2621		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2622		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2623		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2624		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2625		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2626		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2627		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2628		with the name "*".
2629	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2630		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2631		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2632		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2633		matches to return.
2634	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2635		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2636		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2637		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2638		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2639		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2640		are defined.
2641	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2642		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2643		Tech.
2644	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2645		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2646		important if you have large classes.
2647	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2648		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2649		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2650	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2651		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2652		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2653		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2654		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2655		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2656	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2657		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2658		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2659		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2660		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2661		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2662		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2663		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2664	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2665		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2666		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2667		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2668		has no effect.
2669	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2670		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2671	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2672		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2673	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2674		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2675	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2676		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2677	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2678		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2679		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2680		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2681		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2682	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2683		10 or higher.
2684	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2685		information (from= syslog line).
2686	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2687		equate (dsn=).
2688	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2689	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
2690		information is available at
2691		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
2692		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2693	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2694		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2695		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2696	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2697		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2698	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2699		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2700		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2701		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2702		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2703		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2704	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2705		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2706		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2707	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2708		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2709		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2710	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2711		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2712		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2713	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2714		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2715	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2716		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2717		multiple files.
2718	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2719		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2720		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2721		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2722		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2723		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2724		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2725		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2726		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2727	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2728		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2729	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2730		length before the attempt.
2731	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2732		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2733		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2734		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2735		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2736	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2737		host status files, not all files.
2738	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2739		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2740		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2741		Wonderworks Inc.
2742	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2743		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2744		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2745		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2746		of Hannover.
2747	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2748		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2749		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2750		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2751		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2752		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2753	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2754		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2755		flag:
2756			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2757		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2758		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2759		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2760	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2761		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2762		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2763		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2764		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2765		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2766		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2767	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2768		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2769		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2770		version.
2771	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2772	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2773	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2774		if referencing a named ruleset.
2775	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2776		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2777	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2778		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2779		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2780		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2781		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2782		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2783		the University of Maryland.
2784	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2785		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2786	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2787		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2788	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2789		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2790		COMMANDS).
2791	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2792		but for outgoing connections.
2793	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2794		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2795			a	require authentication
2796			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2797				been received
2798			c	perform hostname canonification
2799			f	require fully qualified hostname
2800			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2801				command
2802			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2803			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2804	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2805			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2806	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2807	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2808		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2809		Institutes of Health.
2810	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2811		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2812	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2813	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2814		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2815	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2816	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2817		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2818	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2819		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2820	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2821		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2822		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2823	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2824		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2825		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2826	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2827	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2828		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2829		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2830	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2831		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2832		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2833		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2834		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2835	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2836		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2837		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2838		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2839		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2840		timeout.
2841	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2842		interface address structure when loading the system network
2843		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2844		Nanoteq.
2845	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2846		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2847		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2848		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2849		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2850	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2851		on load average.
2852	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2853		Northern Illinois University.
2854	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2855		envelope splitting has occurred.
2856	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2857		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2858	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2859	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2860		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2861		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2862		Institute.
2863	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2864		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2865		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2866	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2867		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2868		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2869		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2870	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2871		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2872	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2873		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2874	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2875		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2876	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
2877		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2878	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2879		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2880		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2881		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2882	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2883		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2884	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
2885		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2886	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2887		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2888		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2889		University.
2890	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2891		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2892		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2893	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2894		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
2895		ruleset lines as well.
2896	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2897		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2898		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
2899		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2900		Institute.
2901	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2902		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2903		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2904	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2905		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2906		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2907		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2908	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2909		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2910		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2911		of Ericsson.
2912	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2913		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2914		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2915		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2916	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2917		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2918		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
2919		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2920		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2921	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2922		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2923		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
2924		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2925	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2926		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
2927		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2928		University.
2929	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2930		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2931		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2932		'sendmail -bs'.
2933	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2934		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2935		them in the .cf file.
2936	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2937		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2938		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2939		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2940	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2941		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2942	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2943		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
2944		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2945	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2946		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2947		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
2948		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
2949		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2950	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
2951		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2952	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2953		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
2954		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2955	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
2956		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2957	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2958		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2959		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
2960	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2961		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
2962		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2963	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2964		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
2965		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
2966		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2967	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2968		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
2969		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
2970		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2971		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
2972		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2973	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2974		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
2975		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2976		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
2977		don't fail on ANY queries.
2978	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2979		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2980		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2981		Northern Illinois University.
2982	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2983		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2984		State University.
2985	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2986		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2987		Northern Illinois University.
2988	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2989		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2990	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2991	Portability:
2992		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2993			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2994			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2995			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
2996			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2997		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2998			This allows network interface probing to work
2999			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3000			University of Iowa.
3001		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3002		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3003			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3004			name.
3005		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3006		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3007			Virginia Tech.
3008		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3009		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3010			Amsterdam.
3011		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3012		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3013			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3014		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3015			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3016			in building the operating system.  Users can
3017			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3018			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3019		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3020		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3021		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3022			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3023		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3024			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3025		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3026			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3027		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3028			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3029		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3030			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3031		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3032			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3033			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3034		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3035		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3036			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3037			use that value in conf.h.
3038		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3039			BITart Consulting.
3040		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3041			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3042			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3043			Computer, Inc.
3044		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3045			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3046			of E I A.
3047		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3048			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3049		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3050			fchown(2).
3051		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3052			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3053		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3054			srandomdev(3).
3055		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3056			setlogin(2).
3057		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3058			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3059			Siemens Business Services.
3060		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3061			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3062			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3063		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3064			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3065		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3066			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3067			Aerospace.
3068		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3069			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3070			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3071		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3072			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3073			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3074			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3075			University.
3076		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3077			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3078			Technology Information Network.
3079		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3080			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3081		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3082		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3083			and OpenBSD.
3084		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3085			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3086			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3087			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3088	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3089		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3090		details.
3091	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3092		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3093	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3094	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3095		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3096		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3097	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3098		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3099		Courtesan Consulting.
3100	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3101	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3102		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3103		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3104	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3105		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3106		multiple times.
3107	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3108		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3109		with From:).
3110	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3111		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3112	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3113		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3114		new functionality.
3115	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3116		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3117		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3118		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3119		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3120		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3121		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3122		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3123		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3124		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3125		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3126		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3127		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3128		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3129		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3130		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3131		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3132		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3133		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3134		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3135		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3136		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3137		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3138		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3139	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3140		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3141		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3142	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3143		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3144		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3145		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3146		to "IPC $h".
3147	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3148		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3149		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3150	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3151		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3152		value should be changed with care.
3153	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3154		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3155	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3156		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3157		complain.
3158	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3159		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3160		of Q7 Enterprises.
3161	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3162		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3163		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3164		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3165	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3166		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3167		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3168		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3169		of Northern Illinois University.
3170	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3171		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3172		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3173	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3174		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3175		in it.
3176	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3177		in class 'P' ($=P).
3178	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3179		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3180		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3181		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3182		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3183		is added.
3184	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3185		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3186	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3187		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3188	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3189		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3190	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3191		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3192	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3193		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3194	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3195		Hubert of University of Washington.
3196	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3197		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3198		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3199	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3200	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3201		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3202		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3203	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3204		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3205		Services.
3206	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3207		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3208		Aerospace.
3209	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3210		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3211		University and Brian Candler.
3212	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3213		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3214	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3215		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3216		Institute.
3217	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3218		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3219	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3220		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3221		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3222	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3223		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3224	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3225		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3226		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3227	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3228		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3229		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3230	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3231		converted to <user@d>
3232	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3233		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3234	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3235		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3236		performed.
3237	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3238		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3239		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3240		Institute.
3241	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3242		be accessed by their numbers).
3243	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3244		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3245		of an address.
3246	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3247		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3248		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3249		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3250	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3251		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3252		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3253	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3254		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3255	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3256	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3257		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3258		Institute.
3259	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3260	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3261		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3262		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3263		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3264	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3265		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3266		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3267	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3268		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3269	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3270		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3271	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3272		University of California at Berkeley.
3273	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3274		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3275	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3276		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3277	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3278		Corporation UK.
3279	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3280	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3281		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3282		Yale University.
3283	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3284		be used for building.
3285	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3286		used for a fresh build.
3287	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3288	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3289		ranlib.
3290	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3291		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3292	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3293		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3294		Costales.
3295	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3296		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3297		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3298		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3299	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3300		of Siemens Business Services.
3301	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3302		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3303		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3304		torek.
3305	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3306		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3307		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3308		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3309		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3310	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3311		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3312		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3313		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3314		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3315	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3316		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3317		are in devtools/README.
3318	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3319		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3320	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3321		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3322		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3323		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3324	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3325		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3326		macro.
3327	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3328	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3329		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3330		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3331		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3332		Corporation.
3333	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3334		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3335		confMANROOTMAN.
3336	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3337		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3338		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3339	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3340		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3341		Communications.
3342	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3343		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3344	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3345		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3346		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3347	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3348		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3349		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3350	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3351		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3352		install-strip target.
3353	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3354		the others (if it exists).
3355	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3356		then the default ones.
3357	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3358		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3359		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3360		to set the S flag.
3361	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3362		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3363		Northern Illinois University.
3364	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3365		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3366		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3367	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3368		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3369		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3370		University.
3371	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3372		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3373		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3374		University.
3375	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3376		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3377		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3378		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3379		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3380		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3381		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3382		University.
3383	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3384		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3385		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3386	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3387		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3388		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3389		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3390		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3391		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3392		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3393		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3394		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3395		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3396		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3397	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3398		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3399		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3400	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3401		timeout to avoid starvation.
3402	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3403		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3404		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3405	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3406	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3407		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3408		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3409		of Maryland.
3410	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3411		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3412		sendmail configuration file.
3413	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3414		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3415		option.
3416	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3417		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3418	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3419		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3420	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3421		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3422	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3423		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3424	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3425		Corporation UK.
3426	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3427		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3428		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3429		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3430	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3431		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3432		Institute for Global Communications.
3433	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3434		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3435		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3436	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3437		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3438		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3439	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3440		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3441		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3442	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3443		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3444	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3445	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3446		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3447	Changed Files:
3448		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3449			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3450			which execute the actual Build script in
3451			devtools/bin.
3452		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3453			-mandoc as they were previously.
3454		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3455			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3456			required for Build).
3457	New Directories:
3458		devtools/M4/UNIX
3459		include
3460		libmilter
3461		libsmdb
3462		libsmutil
3463		vacation
3464	Renamed Directories:
3465		BuildTools => devtools
3466		src => sendmail
3467	Deleted Files:
3468		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3469		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3470		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3471		devtools/OS/SINIX
3472		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3473	New Files:
3474		INSTALL
3475		PGPKEYS
3476		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3477		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3478		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3479		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3480		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3481		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3482		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3483		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3484		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3485		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3486		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3487		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3488		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3489		contrib/domainmap.m4
3490		contrib/qtool.8
3491		contrib/qtool.pl
3492		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3493		devtools/M4/list.m4
3494		devtools/M4/string.m4
3495		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3496		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3497		devtools/OS/Darwin
3498		devtools/OS/GNU
3499		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3500		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3501		devtools/OS/m88k
3502		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3503		mail.local/Makefile
3504		mailstats/Makefile
3505		makemap/Makefile
3506		praliases/Makefile
3507		rmail/Makefile
3508		sendmail/Makefile
3509		sendmail/bf.h
3510		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3511		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3512		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3513		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3514		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3515		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3516		sendmail/timers.c
3517		sendmail/timers.h
3518		smrsh/Makefile
3519		vacation/Makefile
3520	Renamed Files:
3521		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3522		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3523		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3524		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3525		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3526		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3527		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3528		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3529		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3530	Copied Files:
3531		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3532
35338.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3534	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3535		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3536		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3537		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3538		Schools" project (IdS).
3539	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3540		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3541		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3542		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3543	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3544		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3545		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3546		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3547	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3548		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3549		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3550		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3551	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3552		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3553	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3554		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3555		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3556		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3557		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3558		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3559	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3560		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3561		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3562		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3563	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3564		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3565		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3566		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3567	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3568		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3569	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3570		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3571		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3572		group of the IETF.
3573	Portability:
3574		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3575			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3576			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3577			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3578			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3579			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3580			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3581			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3582			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3583			Technical University of Denmark.
3584		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3585			Supercomputer Center.
3586		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3587			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3588			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3589			of Stanford University.
3590		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3591			between different releases.  Back out the
3592			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3593			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3594			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3595			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3596		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3597			of Siemens/SNI.
3598		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3599	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3600		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3601		University of Brno.
3602	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3603		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3604		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3605	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3606		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3607		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3608	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3609		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3610	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3611		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3612		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3613	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3614		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3615		MIDS Europe.
3616	New Files:
3617		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3618		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3619		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3620
36218.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3622	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3623		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3624		for a denial of service attack.
3625	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3626		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3627	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3628		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3629		Corporation UK.
3630	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3631		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3632	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3633		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3634	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3635		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3636		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3637		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3638		Internet Services.
3639	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3640		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3641		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3642		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3643	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3644		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3645		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3646	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3647		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3648	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3649		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3650		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3651	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3652		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3653		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3654	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3655		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3656		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3657		Internet Services.
3658	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3659		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3660		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3661	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3662		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3663		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3664		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3665		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3666		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3667		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3668		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3669		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3670		extended testing.
3671	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3672		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3673	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3674		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3675		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3676		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3677	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3678		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3679		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3680		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3681		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3682	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3683		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3684		Network.
3685	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3686		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3687	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3688		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3689		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3690		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3691		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3692	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3693		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3694		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3695	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3696		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3697	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3698		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3699		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3700		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3701		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3702	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3703		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3704		Meteorological Institute.
3705	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3706	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3707		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3708	Portability:
3709		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3710		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3711			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3712			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3713		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3714			reading network interface addresses into
3715			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3716			Cal State University, Chico.
3717		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3718			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3719			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3720			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3721		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3722			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3723		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3724		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3725			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3726		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3727		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3728			of Sun Microsystems.
3729		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3730			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3731		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3732			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3733		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3734			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3735		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3736			of E I A.
3737		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3738			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3739			Information Center.
3740		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3741			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3742			Institute.
3743		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3744			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3745	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3746		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3747		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3748	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3749		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3750		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3751		Manawatu Internet Services.
3752	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3753		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3754		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3755		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3756		of Northern Illinois University.
3757	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3758		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3759		Kiel.
3760	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3761		Dot Com.
3762	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3763		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3764		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3765	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3766		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3767		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3768		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3769		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3770		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3771	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3772		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3773	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3774		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3775	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3776		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3777	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3778		the envelope From header.
3779	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3780		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3781	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3782		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3783	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3784		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3785		Portal Services, Inc.
3786	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3787		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3788		Sun Microsystems.
3789	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3790	New Files:
3791		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3792		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3793		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3794		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3795		src/control.c
3796
37978.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3798	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3799		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3800		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3801		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3802	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3803		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3804		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3805		Meteorological Institute.
3806	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3807		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3808		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3809	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3810		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3811		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3812		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3813	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3814		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3815	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3816		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3817	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3818		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3819		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3820	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3821		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3822		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3823		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3824	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3825		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3826		Flextech TV.
3827	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3828		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3829		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3830	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3831		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3832		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3833		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3834	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3835		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3836	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3837		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3838	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3839		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3840		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3841	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3842		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3843		University.
3844	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3845		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3846		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3847		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3848		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3849		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3850	Portability:
3851		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3852			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3853			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3854			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3855		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3856			of BSDI.
3857		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3858			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3859			PICT Inc.
3860		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3861			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3862		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3863			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3864	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3865		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3866		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3867		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3868	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3869		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3870		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3871	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3872		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
3873		would not accept @@hostname.
3874	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3875		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3876	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3877		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
3878		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3879	New Files:
3880		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3881
38828.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
3883	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3884		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3885		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3886		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
3887		which need the ability to override security can use the
3888		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
3889		information.
3890	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3891		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3892		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3893		world writable directories.
3894	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3895		it is in a world writable directory.
3896	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3897		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3898		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
3899		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3900		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3901	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3902		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3903		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3904	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3905		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3906		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
3907		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3908		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3909		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
3910		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3911		default.
3912	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3913		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3914		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3915		the University of Maryland.
3916	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
3917		of Cal State University, Chico.
3918	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
3919		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3920		current version of Berkeley DB.
3921	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3922		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3923	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3924		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3925		of Maryland.
3926	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3927		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3928		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
3929		Microsystems.
3930	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3931		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3932		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
3933		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3934	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3935		mail.local on the F=z flag.
3936	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
3937		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3938		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
3939		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3940	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3941		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3942		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3943		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3944		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3945	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3946		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3947		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3948		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3949	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3950		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
3951		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3952	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
3953		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3954		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3955	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3956		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3957		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
3958		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3959		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3960		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3961		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
3962		relaying entirely.
3963	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3964		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3965		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3966		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3967	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
3968		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3969		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3970		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3971	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3972		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
3973		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3974		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3975		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3976	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3977		sender for those failures.
3978	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3979		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3980		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3981		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
3982		of Ericsson.
3983	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3984		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3985		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3986		of Procter & Gamble.
3987	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3988		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3989		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3990		of Procter & Gamble.
3991	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
3992		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3993		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
3994		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
3995		DontBlameSendmail options are:
3996			Safe
3997			AssumeSafeChown
3998			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3999			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4000			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4001			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4002			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4003			GroupWritableAliasFile
4004			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4005			WorldWritableAliasFile
4006			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4007			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4008			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4009			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4010			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4011			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4012			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4013			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4014			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4015			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4016			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4017			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4018			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4019			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4020			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4021			WriteMapToHardLink
4022			WriteMapToSymLink
4023			WriteStatsToHardLink
4024			WriteStatsToSymLink
4025			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4026			RunWritableProgram
4027	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4028		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4029		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4030		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4031		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4032	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4033		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4034	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4035		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4036	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4037	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4038		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4039		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4040		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4041		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4042	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4043		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4044		contrast to the success case).
4045	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4046		of the form:
4047			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4048		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4049		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4050		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4051	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4052		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4053		headers.
4054	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4055		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4056		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4057		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4058	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4059		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4060		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4061		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4062		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4063		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4064	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4065		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4066		remote identity can be queried.
4067	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4068		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4069		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4070		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4071	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4072		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4073		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4074		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4075	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4076		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4077		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4078		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4079	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4080		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4081		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4082		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4083		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4084		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4085	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4086		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4087		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4088		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4089		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4090		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4091		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4092	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4093		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4094		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4095	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4096	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4097		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4098	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4099		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4100	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4101		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4102		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4103		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4104	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4105		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4106		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4107		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4108	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4109		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4110		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4111	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4112		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4113		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4114		Institute.
4115	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4116		mail.local.
4117	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4118		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4119		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4120	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4121		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4122		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4123	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4124		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4125		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4126	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4127		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4128	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4129		mailstats command.
4130	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4131		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4132		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4133	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4134		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4135		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4136		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4137	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4138		Ericsson.
4139	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4140		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4141		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4142		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4143	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4144		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4145		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4146		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4147		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4148	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4149		currently supported version.
4150	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4151		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4152	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4153		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4154		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4155		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4156	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4157		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4158		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4159		message in error bounces.
4160	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4161		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4162		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4163	Portability:
4164		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4165			of Kyoto University.
4166		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4167			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4168			Maryland.
4169		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4170		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4171			in Finland.
4172		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4173			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4174			the University of Maryland.
4175		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4176			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4177		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4178			Meteorological Institute.
4179		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4180			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4181		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4182		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4183		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4184		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4185			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4186			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4187			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4188			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4189		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4190			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4191		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4192			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4193			Microsystems.
4194	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4195	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4196		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4197		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4198	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4199		directory for certain programs.
4200	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4201		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4202		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4203		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4204		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4205	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4206		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4207		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4208		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4209	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4210		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4211		the user to setup different .forward files for
4212		user+detail addressing.
4213	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4214		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4215		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4216	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4217		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4218		outside your domain).
4219	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4220		any site to any site.
4221	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4222		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4223	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4224		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4225	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4226		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4227		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4228		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4229		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4230	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4231		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4232	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4233		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4234	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4235		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4236		host names only.
4237	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4238		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4239		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4240		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4241		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4242		needed for most installations.
4243	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4244		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4245		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4246		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4247		the University of Maryland.
4248	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4249		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4250		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4251	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4252		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4253		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4254	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4255		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4256	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4257		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4258	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4259		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4260		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4261		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4262		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4263	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4264		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4265		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4266		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4267		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4268		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4269		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4270	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4271		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4272	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4273		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4274		above for more information.
4275	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4276		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4277		Meteorological Institute.
4278	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4279		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4280		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4281		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4282		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4283	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4284		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4285	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4286		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4287		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4288		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4289	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4290		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4291		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4292		CMU (now of Netscape).
4293	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4294		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4295		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4296		read mail.local/README.
4297	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4298		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4299		University of Maryland.
4300	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4301		University, Chico.
4302	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4303		Meteorological Institute.
4304	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4305		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4306		University of Maryland.
4307	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4308		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4309	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4310	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4311	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4312		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4313		Braunschweig.
4314	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4315		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4316		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4317	Changed Files:
4318		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4319			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4320		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4321	New Files:
4322		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4323		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4324		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4325		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4326		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4327		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4328		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4329		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4330		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4331		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4332		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4333		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4334		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4335		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4336		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4337		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4338		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4339		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4340		BuildTools/README
4341		BuildTools/Site/README
4342		BuildTools/bin/Build
4343		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4344		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4345		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4346		Makefile
4347		cf/cf/Build
4348		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4349		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4350		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4351		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4352		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4353		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4354		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4355		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4356		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4357		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4358		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4359		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4360		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4361		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4362		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4363		mail.local/Build
4364		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4365		mail.local/README
4366		mailstats/Build
4367		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4368		makemap/Build
4369		makemap/Makefile.m4
4370		praliases/Build
4371		praliases/Makefile.m4
4372		rmail/Build
4373		rmail/Makefile.m4
4374		rmail/rmail.0
4375		smrsh/Build
4376		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4377		src/Build
4378		src/Makefile.m4
4379		src/snprintf.c
4380	Deleted Files:
4381		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4382		mail.local/Makefile
4383		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4384		mailstats/Makefile
4385		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4386		makemap/Makefile
4387		makemap/Makefile.dist
4388		praliases/Makefile
4389		praliases/Makefile.dist
4390		rmail/Makefile
4391		smrsh/Makefile
4392		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4393		src/Makefile
4394		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4395		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4396			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4397		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4398	Renamed Files:
4399		READ_ME => README
4400		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4401		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4402		src/READ_ME => src/README
4403
44048.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4405	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4406		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4407		Meteorological Institute.
4408	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4409		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4410		Arseneault of SRI International.
4411	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4412		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4413		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4414	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4415		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4416	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4417		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4418		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4419		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4420	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4421		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4422		River Systems.
4423	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4424		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4425		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4426		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4427		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4428	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4429		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4430		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4431		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4432		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4433	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4434		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4435		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4436		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4437	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4438	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4439		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4440	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4441		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4442		results during a single message processing (but would
4443		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4444		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4445	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4446		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4447		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4448	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4449		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4450		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4451		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4452	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4453		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4454		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4455		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4456	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4457		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4458		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4459		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4460		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4461		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4462		Associates.
4463	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4464		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4465		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4466		could cause confusing error messages.
4467	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4468		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4469		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4470		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4471		SuperNet, Inc.
4472	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4473		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4474	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4475		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4476		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4477	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4478		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4479		dropped.
4480	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4481		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4482		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4483	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4484		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4485		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4486	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4487		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4488		Institute.
4489	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4490		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4491		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4492		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4493	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4494		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4495		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4496	Minor lint fixes.
4497	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4498		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4499		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4500		of Stanford University.
4501	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4502		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4503		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4504	Portability:
4505		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4506			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4507			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4508			Electronic Data Systems.
4509		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4510			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4511		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4512		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4513			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4514			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4515			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4516			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4517			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4518			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4519		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4520			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4521			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4522			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4523		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4524			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4525		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4526			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4527		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4528			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4529			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4530			Services.
4531		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4532			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4533		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4534			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4535			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4536		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4537			Services VAS.
4538	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4539	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4540	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4541			Ericsson.
4542
45438.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4544	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4545		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4546		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4547		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4548		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4549		GmbH.
4550	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4551		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4552		of Technology, Stockholm.
4553	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4554		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4555		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4556		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4557		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4558	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4559		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4560		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4561		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4562	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4563		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4564		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4565		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4566	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4567		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4568		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4569		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4570	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4571	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4572		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4573		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4574	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4575		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4576		have to assume that the information is good.
4577	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4578		open or locked.
4579	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4580	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4581		errors during testing.
4582	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4583		printed in the error message.
4584	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4585		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4586	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4587		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4588		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4589	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4590		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4591		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4592	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4593		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4594		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4595		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4596		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4597		Results Computing.
4598	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4599		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4600		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4601		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4602		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4603	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4604		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4605		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4606		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4607		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4608		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4609		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4610		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4611		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4612		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4613		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4614		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4615		simultaneously.
4616	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4617		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4618	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4619		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4620		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4621	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4622		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4623		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4624		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4625	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4626		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4627		CSU Chico.
4628	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4629		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4630		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4631		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4632	Portability:
4633		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4634			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4635			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4636			be used instead.
4637		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4638			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4639		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4640		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4641		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4642			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4643		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4644			in Makefiles.
4645		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4646			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4647		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4648			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4649			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4650			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4651			NCR Corp.
4652		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4653			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4654		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4655			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4656			Resource Network
4657		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4658			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4659			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4660			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4661			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4662			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4663		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4664			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4665			Corp.
4666		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4667			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4668			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4669		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4670			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4671		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4672			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4673			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4674			PlainTalk.
4675	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4676		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4677		by Harry Styron.
4678	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4679		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4680	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4681	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4682		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4683		changed after open".
4684	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4685		files.
4686	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4687	NEW FILES:
4688		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4689		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4690		test/t_exclopen.c
4691		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4692	DELETED FILES:
4693		Makefile
4694
46958.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4696	    *************************************************************
4697	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4698	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4699	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4700	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4701	    *************************************************************
4702	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4703		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4704		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4705		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4706		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4707		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4708		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4709		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4710		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4711		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4712		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4713		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4714		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4715		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4716		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4717		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4718	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4719		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4720		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4721		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4722		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4723		another database; this can be used either to expose
4724		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4725		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4726		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4727		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4728		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4729		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4730		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4731		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4732		system directories.
4733	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4734		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4735		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4736		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4737		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4738		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4739		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4740	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4741		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4742		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4743		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4744		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4745		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4746		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4747		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4748		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4749		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4750		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4751		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4752		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4753		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4754		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4755		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4756	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4757		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4758		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4759		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4760		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4761		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4762	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4763		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4764		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4765	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4766		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4767		same host).
4768	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4769		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4770		from Theo de Raadt.
4771	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4772		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4773		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4774	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4775		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4776		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4777	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4778		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4779		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4780	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4781		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4782		Microsystems.
4783	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4784		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4785		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4786	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4787		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4788	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4789		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4790		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4791	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4792		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4793		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4794	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4795		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4796		Shapiro.
4797	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4798		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4799		Sun Microsystems.
4800	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4801		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4802		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4803		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4804		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4805		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4806	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4807		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4808		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4809		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4810		Mercury Mail.
4811	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4812		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4813		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4814		Morgan Stanley.
4815	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4816		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4817		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4818		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4819	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4820		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4821		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4822		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4823		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4824		not be run.
4825	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4826		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4827		printing.
4828	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4829		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4830		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4831	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4832		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4833	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4834	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4835		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4836		erroneous results during a single message processing
4837		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4838	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4839		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4840		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4841		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4842		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4843		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4844		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4845	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4846		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4847		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4848		address as "may be forged".
4849	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4850		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4851		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4852	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4853		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4854		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4855		of TwinCom.
4856	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4857		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4858		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4859		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4860	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4861		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4862		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4863	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4864		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4865		Institute.
4866	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4867		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4868		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4869		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4870		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4871		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4872		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4873		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4874	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4875		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
4876		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4877		book (2nd edition).
4878	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4879		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4880		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
4881		John Beck of SunSoft.
4882	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4883		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4884		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4885	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4886		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4887	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4888		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4889	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
4890		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4891	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
4892		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4893		returns.
4894	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4895		on some architectures.
4896	Portability:
4897		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4898		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4899			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
4900			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4901			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4902			of Washington.
4903		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4904			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4905			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4906		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4907		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4908		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4909		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4910			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4911			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
4912			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4913		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4914		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4915			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4916			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4917			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4918			Cambridge.
4919		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
4920			Kari Hurtta.
4921		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4922			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4923			IRIX Makefile).
4924		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4925			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4926	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4927		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
4928		Brian Candler.
4929	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4930		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4931		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4932	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4933		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4934		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4935	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4936		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
4937		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4938	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4939		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
4940		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4941	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4942		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4943		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4944	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4945		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4946		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4947		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4948		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4949	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4950		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4951		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
4952		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4953	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4954		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4955		was specified, even when it wasn't.
4956	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
4957	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4958		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4959		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
4960		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4961		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4962	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4963		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4964		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
4965		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4966		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4967		developers).
4968	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
4969		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
4970		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4971	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4972		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4973		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4974		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4975	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4976		NEXTSTEP.
4977	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4978		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4979		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
4980		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
4981		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4982	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
4983		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4984		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4985		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4986		for system accounts.
4987	NEW FILES:
4988		src/safefile.c
4989		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4990		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4991		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4992		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4993		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4994	RENAMED FILES:
4995		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4996		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4997
49988.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
4999	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5000		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5001		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5002	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5003		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5004		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5005	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5006		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5007		University of Pennsylvania.
5008	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5009		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5010		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5011		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5012		was unnecessarily awful.
5013	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5014		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5015		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5016	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5017		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5018		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5019		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5020		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5021		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5022	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5023		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5024	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5025		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5026		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5027	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5028		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5029		Semiconductor Corp.
5030	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5031		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5032		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5033		at Austin.
5034	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5035		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5036		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5037		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5038		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5039	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5040		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5041		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5042		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5043		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5044	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5045		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5046		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5047		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5048		Costales.
5049	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5050		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5051		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5052		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5053		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5054	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5055		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5056		The current values and defaults are:
5057		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5058		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5059		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5060		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5061		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5062	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5063		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5064		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5065	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5066		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5067	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5068		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5069		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5070		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5071		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5072		Eric Hagberg.
5073	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5074		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5075		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5076		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5077	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5078		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5079		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5080		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5081	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5082		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5083		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5084		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5085		Communications.
5086	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5087		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5088		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5089		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5090	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5091		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5092	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5093		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5094	PORTABILITY:
5095		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5096			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5097		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5098			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5099		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5100		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5101			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5102			(Moscow).
5103		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5104		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5105		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5106		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5107		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5108			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5109	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5110		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5111		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5112		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5113		Received: line.
5114	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5115		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5116		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5117		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5118		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5119		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5120	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5121		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5122		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5123		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5124		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5125		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5126		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5127		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5128		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5129		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5130	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5131		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5132		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5133		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5134		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5135	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5136		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5137		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5138	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5139		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5140		Long Beach.
5141
51428.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5143	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5144		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5145		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5146		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5147		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5148		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5149		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5150	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5151		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5152		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5153		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5154		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5155		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5156		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5157		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5158		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5159	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5160		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5161		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5162	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5163		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5164		Problem noted by several people.
5165	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5166		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5167		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5168		by several people.
5169	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5170		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5171	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5172		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5173		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5174		of Best Internet Communications.
5175	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5176		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5177	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5178		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5179		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5180		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5181		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5182	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5183		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5184	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5185		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5186	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5187		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5188	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5189		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5190		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5191		by Roy Mongiovi.
5192	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5193		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5194	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5195		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5196		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5197		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5198		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5199	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5200		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5201		of Kyoto University.
5202	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5203		conditions from Don Lewis.
5204	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5205		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5206		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5207		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5208		patch from Bryan Costales.
5209	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5210		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5211			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5212			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5213			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5214			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5215		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5216			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5217		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5218			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5219		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5220			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5221			of Tokyo.
5222		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5223			Services, Inc.
5224		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5225			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5226			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5227			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5228		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5229			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5230	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5231		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5232	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5233		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5234	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5235		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5236		of NTT Software Corporation.
5237	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5238	NEW FILES:
5239		contrib/etrn.pl
5240
52418.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5242	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5243		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5244		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5245		best-of-security list.
5246	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5247		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5248		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5249		the wrong binary.
5250	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5251		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5252		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5253		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5254		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5255	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5256		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5257		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5258		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5259	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5260		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5261	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5262		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5263		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5264		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5265		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5266		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5267		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5268		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5269		Eric Wassenaar.
5270	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5271		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5272		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5273		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5274		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5275		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5276		UUNET.
5277	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5278		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5279		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5280		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5281		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5282	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5283		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5284		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5285		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5286	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5287		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5288	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5289		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5290		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5291		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5292	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5293		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5294		University of Linkoping.
5295	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5296		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5297		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5298	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5299		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5300		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5301		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5302		other end.
5303	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5304		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5305		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5306	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5307		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5308		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5309		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5310	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5311		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5312			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5313			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5314			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5315		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5316			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5317		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5318			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5319		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5320			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5321			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5322			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5323		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5324			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5325			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5326			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5327			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5328			Earickson of Colby College.
5329		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5330			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5331			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5332			Kari Hurtta.
5333	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5334		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5335		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5336	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5337		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5338		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5339		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5340	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5341		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5342		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5343		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5344		University of Washington, Seattle.
5345	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5346		Polytechnic Institute.
5347	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5348		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5349	NEW FILES:
5350		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5351		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5352		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5353
53548.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5355	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5356		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5357	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5358		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5359			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5360			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5361	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5362		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5363	CONFIG: no changes.
5364
53658.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5366	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5367		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5368		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5369	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5370		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5371		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5372		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5373		of WPI.
5374	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5375		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5376		Kyoto University.
5377	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5378		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5379		on illegal host names.
5380	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5381		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5382		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5383	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5384		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5385		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5386	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5387		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5388		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5389	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5390		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5391		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5392	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5393		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5394		University of Leicester.
5395	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5396		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5397		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5398		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5399		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5400		University of Washington.
5401	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5402		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5403			people pointed this out.
5404		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5405		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5406			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5407	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5408		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5409	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5410		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5411		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5412		Softec.
5413	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5414		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5415	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5416		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5417
54188.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5419	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5420		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5421	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5422		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5423		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5424	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5425		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5426		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5427		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5428	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5429		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5430		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5431		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5432		NSC (Japan).
5433	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5434		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5435		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5436	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5437		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5438		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5439		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5440	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5441		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5442		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5443		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5444		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5445		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5446		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5447		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5448	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5449		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5450	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5451		printout.
5452	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5453	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5454		square braces.
5455	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5456		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5457		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5458	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5459		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5460		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5461		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5462	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5463		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5464		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5465		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5466	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5467		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5468		Dandelion Digital.
5469	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5470		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5471	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5472		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5473		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5474	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5475		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5476		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5477	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5478		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5479	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5480		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5481		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5482		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5483		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5484	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5485		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5486	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5487		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5488		mailers.
5489	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5490		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5491		Myers of CMU.
5492	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5493		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5494		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5495		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5496		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5497		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5498	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5499		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5500		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5501		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5502		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5503		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5504		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5505		parameter.
5506	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5507		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5508		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5509		University of Maryland.
5510	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5511		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5512	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5513		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5514		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5515	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5516		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5517		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5518		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5519		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5520		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5521		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5522	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5523		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5524		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5525		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5526		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5527	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5528		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5529		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5530		section 5.2.5.
5531	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5532		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5533		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5534		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5535		is for incoming connections only.
5536	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5537		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5538		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5539		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5540		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5541		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5542		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5543		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5544	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5545		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5546		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5547		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5548		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5549		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5550		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5551		that take a very long time to run.
5552	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5553		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5554		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5555	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5556		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5557		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5558	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5559		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5560		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5561	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5562		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5563		Costales.
5564	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5565		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5566		Technologies, Inc.
5567	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5568		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5569		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5570	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5571		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5572		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5573		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5574		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5575		different for this case.
5576	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5577		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5578		of Stanford University.
5579	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5580		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5581		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5582		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5583	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5584		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5585		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5586	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5587		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5588		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5589	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5590		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5591		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5592		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5593	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5594		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5595		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5596		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5597		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5598		Pasteur Institute.
5599	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5600		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5601		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5602		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5603	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5604		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5605		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5606		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5607		canonification.
5608	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5609		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5610		mailers.
5611	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5612		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5613		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5614		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5615		either of these in their configuration file.
5616	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5617		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5618		St. Peter's College.
5619	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5620		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5621	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5622		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5623	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5624		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5625	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5626		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5627		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5628		Costales.
5629	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5630		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5631		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5632		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5633		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5634		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5635		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5636		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5637		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5638		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5639		in rulesets.
5640	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5641		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5642		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5643		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5644		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5645		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5646		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5647		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5648	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5649		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5650		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5651		on that basis.
5652	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5653		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5654	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5655		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5656		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5657		Vixie.
5658	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5659		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5660		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5661		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5662	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5663		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5664		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5665		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5666		two characters $, +.
5667	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5668		debug_dumpstate.
5669	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5670		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5671		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5672		valid recipients.
5673	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5674		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5675		noted by Tom May.
5676	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5677		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5678		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5679		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5680	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5681		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5682		Computing Corporation.
5683	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5684		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5685		Internet Communications.
5686	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5687		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5688		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5689		of Lysator.
5690	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5691		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5692		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5693		of the University of Iceland.
5694	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5695		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5696		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5697		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5698		this change is a no-op.
5699	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5700		Costales.
5701	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5702		Bryan Costales.
5703	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5704		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5705	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5706		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5707	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5708		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5709	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5710		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5711		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5712		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5713	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5714		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5715		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5716		Jones of UUNET.
5717	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5718		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5719		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5720	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5721		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5722		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5723		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5724		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5725		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5726	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5727		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5728		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5729		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5730		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5731		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5732		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5733		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5734		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5735		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5736		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5737		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5738	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5739		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5740		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5741		of Stanford University.
5742	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5743		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5744		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5745		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5746		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5747		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5748		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5749	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5750		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5751		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5752		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5753		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5754		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5755	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5756		Motonori Nakamura.
5757	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5758		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5759		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5760		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5761	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5762		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5763		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5764		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5765		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5766		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5767		value is ".hoststat".
5768		There are also two new operation modes:
5769		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5770		    connections.
5771		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5772		    recent status information.
5773		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5774		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5775		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5776		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5777		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5778	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5779		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5780		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5781		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5782		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5783		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5784		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5785		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5786		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5787		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5788		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5789	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5790		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5791		Costales.
5792	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5793		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5794	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5795		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5796		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5797		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5798	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5799		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5800		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5801		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5802		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5803		Webmasters.
5804	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5805		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5806		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5807		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5808		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5809	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5810		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5811		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5812		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5813		of Washington, Seattle.
5814	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5815		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5816		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5817		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5818		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5819		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5820	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5821		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5822		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5823		Nakamura.
5824	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5825		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5826		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5827		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5828		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5829		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5830		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5831		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5832		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5833		well constrained.
5834	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5835		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5836		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5837		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5838		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5839	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5840		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5841		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5842		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5843		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5844		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5845	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5846		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5847		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5848	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5849		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5850		Wolfhugel.
5851	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5852		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5853	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5854		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5855		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5856	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5857		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5858	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5859		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5860		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5861		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5862		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5863	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5864		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5865		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5866		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5867	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5868		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5869		National University of Singapore.
5870	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5871		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5872		system can't cope with.
5873	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5874		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5875			Atlas International.
5876		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5877			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
5878		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5879			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5880			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
5881			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5882			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5883			Bernstein and Associates.
5884		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5885			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
5886			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5887		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5888			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5889		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5890			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5891			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5892		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5893			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5894		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5895			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5896		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5897		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5898		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5899			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5900			Institute.
5901		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5902			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5903		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5904		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5905			Employment Standards Administration.
5906		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5907		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5908			Jr.
5909		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5910			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5911		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5912			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5913		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5914		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5915		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5916		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5917			of the University of Arizona.
5918		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
5919			Vanderbilt University.
5920		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5921			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5922			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
5923			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5924	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
5925		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5926	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5927		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5928		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5929		Foundation.
5930	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5931	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5932		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5933		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
5934		Myers of CMU.
5935	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
5936		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
5937		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5938	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
5939		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5940		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5941		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
5942		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5943		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5944		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
5945		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5946	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5947		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5948		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
5949		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5950		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
5951		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5952		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5953	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5954		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5955		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5956		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
5957			info@foo.com	foo-info
5958			info@bar.com	bar-info
5959			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
5960		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5961		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5962		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5963		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
5964		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
5965		a great many people.
5966	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5967		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5968	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5969		"fax" mailer.
5970	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5971		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5972		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5973		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
5974		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
5975		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5976	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5977		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5978		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
5979		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
5980		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5981	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5982		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5983		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
5984		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5985		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
5986		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5987	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5988		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5989		of WPI.
5990	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5991		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
5992		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5993	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5994		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
5995		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5996	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5997		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
5998		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5999		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6000	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6001	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6002		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6003		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6004		by Andreas Luik.
6005	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6006		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6007		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6008	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6009		Wolfhugel.
6010	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6011	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6012		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6013		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6014		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6015		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6016		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6017		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6018	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6019		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6020		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6021		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6022		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6023	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6024		Costales.
6025	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6026	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6027		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6028	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6029	NEW FILES:
6030		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6031		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6032		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6033		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6034		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6035		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6036		mailstats/mailstats.8
6037		praliases/praliases.8
6038		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6039		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6040		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6041		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6042		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6043		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6044		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6045		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6046		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6047		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6048		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6049	DELETED FILES:
6050		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6051		contrib/xla/README
6052		contrib/xla/xla.c
6053	RENAMED FILES:
6054		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6055		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6056		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6057		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6058		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6059
60608.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6061	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6062		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6063		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6064		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6065		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6066	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6067		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6068		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6069
60708.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6071	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6072		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6073		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6074		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6075		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6076		and others.
6077
60788.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6079	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6080		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6081		any user (except root).
6082	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6083		version number is unchanged.
6084
60858.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6086	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6087		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6088		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6089	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6090		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6091		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6092		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6093	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6094		Costales.
6095	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6096		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6097		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6098			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6099			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6100			Stanford University.
6101	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6102		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6103
61048.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6105	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6106		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6107		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6108	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6109		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6110		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6111		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6112		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6113		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6114		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6115	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6116		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6117		by Kari Hurtta.
6118	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6119		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6120		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6121		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6122		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6123		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6124		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6125		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6126		bounces when it should have requeued.
6127	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6128		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6129		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6130		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6131	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6132		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6133		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6134		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6135		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6136		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6137		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6138		Infobiogen.
6139	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6140		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6141		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6142		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6143		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6144	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6145		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6146	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6147		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6148		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6149	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6150		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6151		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6152	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6153		underscores.
6154	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6155		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6156		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6157	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6158		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6159		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6160		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6161	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6162		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6163		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6164		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6165		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6166	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6167		Costales of ICSI.
6168	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6169		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6170		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6171	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6172		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6173		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6174		Technological University.
6175	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6176		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6177		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6178		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6179	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6180		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6181	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6182		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6183	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6184		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6185		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6186		Inc.
6187	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6188		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6189		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6190	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6191		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6192		University.
6193	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6194		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6195		Association for Progressive Communications.
6196	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6197		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6198		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6199		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6200		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6201		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6202		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6203		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6204	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6205		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6206		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6207		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6208	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6209		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6210		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6211		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6212		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6213		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6214	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6215		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6216			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6217			James B. Davis of TCI.
6218		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6219			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6220		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6221			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6222			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6223			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6224			isn't supported on all compilers.
6225		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6226	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6227		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6228	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6229		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6230	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6231		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6232		(France).
6233	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6234		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6235	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6236		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6237		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6238	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6239		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6240		for different files.
6241	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6242		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6243		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6244	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6245		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6246		changes).
6247
62488.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6249	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6250		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6251		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6252		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6253	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6254		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6255		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6256		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6257		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6258		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6259	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6260		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6261		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6262		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6263		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6264		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6265		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6266		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6267		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6268		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6269	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6270		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6271		results.  This could have security implications.
6272	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6273		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6274		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6275	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6276		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6277		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6278		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6279		Elz.
6280	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6281		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6282	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6283		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6284		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6285		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6286		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6287		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6288		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6289		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6290		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6291		domain names are your friends.
6292	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6293		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6294	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6295		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6296	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6297		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6298		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6299		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6300		of TerraNet.
6301	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6302		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6303		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6304		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6305		of WPI.
6306	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6307		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6308			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6309			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6310			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6311			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6312		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6313			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6314		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6315		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6316		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6317			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6318	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6319		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6320		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6321	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6322		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6323		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6324	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6325		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6326		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6327		Infobiogen (France).
6328	NEW FILES:
6329		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6330		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6331		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6332
63338.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6334	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6335		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6336		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6337		Global Communications.
6338	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6339		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6340	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6341		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6342		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6343		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6344		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6345	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6346		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6347		can be confusing.
6348	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6349		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6350	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6351		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6352	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6353		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6354		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6355		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6356		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6357		Maryland.
6358	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6359		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6360		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6361		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6362		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6363	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6364		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6365		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6366		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6367		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6368	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6369		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6370	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6371		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6372		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6373		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6374	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6375		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6376		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6377		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6378		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6379		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6380		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6381		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6382		Swarthmore University.
6383	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6384		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6385		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6386		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6387			ruleset.
6388		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6389		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6390			-d debug flag.
6391		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6392		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6393		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6394		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6395			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6396			and the parsed address.
6397		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6398			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6399		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6400			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6401			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6402			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6403			recipients.
6404		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6405			return the result.
6406		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6407			`mapname' and return the result.
6408	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6409		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6410	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6411		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6412		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6413		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6414		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6415		that functionality.
6416	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6417		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6418		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6419		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6420		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6421		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6422	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6423		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6424		of Michigan Technological University.
6425	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6426		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6427		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6428		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6429		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6430		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6431		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6432		or not.
6433	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6434		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6435		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6436		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6437		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6438		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6439		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6440	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6441		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6442		should have minimal impact on external function.
6443	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6444		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6445			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6446		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6447			7	SevenBitInput
6448			8	EightBitMode
6449			A	AliasFile
6450			a	AliasWait
6451			B	BlankSub
6452			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6453			C	CheckpointInterval
6454			c	HoldExpensive
6455			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6456			d	DeliveryMode
6457			E	ErrorHeader
6458			e	ErrorMode
6459			f	SaveFromLine
6460			F	TempFileMode
6461			G	MatchGECOS
6462			H	HelpFile
6463			h	MaxHopCount
6464			i	IgnoreDots
6465			I	ResolverOptions
6466			J	ForwardPath
6467			j	SendMimeErrors
6468			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6469			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6470			L	LogLevel
6471			l	UseErrorsTo
6472			m	MeToo
6473			n	CheckAliases
6474			O	DaemonPortOptions
6475			o	OldStyleHeaders
6476			P	PostmasterCopy
6477			p	PrivacyOptions
6478			Q	QueueDirectory
6479			q	QueueFactor
6480			R	DontPruneRoutes
6481			r, T	Timeout
6482			S	StatusFile
6483			s	SuperSafe
6484			t	TimeZoneSpec
6485			u	DefaultUser
6486			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6487			V	FallbackMXHost
6488			v	Verbose
6489			w	TryNullMXList
6490			x	QueueLA
6491			X	RefuseLA
6492			Y	ForkEachJob
6493			y	RecipientFactor
6494			z	ClassFactor
6495			Z	RetryFactor
6496		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6497		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6498			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6499			$l	UnixFromLine
6500			$o	OperatorChars
6501			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6502		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6503		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6504		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6505		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6506	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6507		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6508		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6509		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6510		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6511		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6512		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6513		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6514		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6515		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6516	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6517		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6518		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6519			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6520			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6521		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6522			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6523			recipient mailer flags.
6524		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6525		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6526			delivery.
6527		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6528		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6529		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6530		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6531		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6532		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6533			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6534			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6535			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6536		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6537		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6538		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6539	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6540		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6541		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6542		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6543		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6544		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6545		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6546		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6547		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6548		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6549		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6550		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6551		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6552		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6553		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6554		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6555			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6556			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6557		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6558			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6559		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6560			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6561			flag is ignored.
6562		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6563			the setting of F=8.
6564	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6565		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6566		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6567		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6568	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6569		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6570		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6571		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6572	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6573		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6574		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6575		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6576	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6577		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6578		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6579		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6580		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6581		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6582		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6583		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6584	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6585		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6586		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6587		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6588		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6589		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6590		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6591		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6592		Unicom.
6593	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6594		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6595	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6596		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6597		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6598		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6599		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6600		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6601		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6602		from Chip Rosenthal.
6603	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6604		For example,
6605		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6606		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6607		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6608		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6609		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6610		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6611	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6612		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6613		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6614		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6615		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6616		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6617		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6618		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6619		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6620		contribution was to make it configurable).
6621	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6622		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6623		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6624		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6625		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6626		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6627	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6628		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6629		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6630		I/O redirection.
6631	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6632		can be confusing.
6633	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6634		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6635		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6636	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6637	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6638		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6639		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6640		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6641		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6642		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6643		queue-only.
6644	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6645		:include: and .forward files.
6646	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6647		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6648		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6649		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6650		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6651	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6652		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6653	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6654		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6655		Sun Microsystems.
6656	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6657		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6658		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6659		Hutton of Indiana University.
6660	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6661		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6662		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6663		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6664		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6665		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6666	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6667		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6668		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6669		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6670		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6671		as comments.
6672	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6673		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6674		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6675		are from sysexits.h.
6676	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6677		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6678		    Kmap1 ...
6679		    Kmap2 ...
6680		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6681		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6682		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6683		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6684	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6685		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6686		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6687		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6688		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6689		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6690		    Ksample switch hosts
6691		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6692		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6693		equivalent to
6694		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6695		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6696	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6697		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6698		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6699		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6700		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6701	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6702		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6703		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6704	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6705		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6706		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6707		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6708	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6709		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6710		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6711		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6712		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6713		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6714		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6715		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6716		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6717	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6718		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6719		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6720		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6721		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6722	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6723		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6724		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6725		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6726		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6727		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6728		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6729	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6730		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6731		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6732		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6733		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6734		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6735	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6736		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6737		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6738		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6739		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6740		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6741		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6742	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6743		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6744		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6745	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6746		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6747		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6748		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6749	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6750		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6751		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6752		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6753		much longer than the specified timeout.
6754	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6755		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6756		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6757		denial-of-service attack.
6758	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6759		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6760		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6761	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6762		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6763		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6764		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6765		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6766		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6767		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6768		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6769		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6770		actually file lookups.
6771	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6772		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6773		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6774		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6775	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6776		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6777		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6778		support for them has been removed.
6779	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6780		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6781		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6782	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6783		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6784		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6785		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6786	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6787		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6788		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6789	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6790		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6791		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6792	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6793		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6794		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6795	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6796		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6797		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6798	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6799		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6800		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6801		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6802		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6803		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6804		Microsystems.
6805	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6806		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6807		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6808		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6809		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6810		option can give the network software time to establish
6811		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6812	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6813		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6814		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6815		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6816	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6817		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6818		the National Computer Security Center.
6819	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6820		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6821		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6822		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6823		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6824	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6825		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6826		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6827		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6828		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6829		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6830		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6831		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6832		University Computing Service.
6833	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6834		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6835		the University of Kentucky.
6836	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6837		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6838		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6839	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6840		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6841	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6842		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6843		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6844		Corporation.
6845	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6846		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6847		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6848		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6849	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6850		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6851		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6852		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6853		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6854		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6855		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6856	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6857		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6858		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6859	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6860		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6861		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6862		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6863	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6864		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6865		Communications.
6866	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6867		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6868		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6869		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6870		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6871	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6872		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6873		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
6874		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6875		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6876	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6877		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6878	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6879		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
6880		on values:
6881		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
6882					message will be passed on even
6883					though it is in technically
6884					illegal syntax.
6885		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
6886					recipients that it can find from
6887					the envelope.  This risks exposing
6888					Bcc: recipients.
6889		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
6890					has almost no redeeming social value,
6891					and is provided only for back
6892					compatibility.
6893		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
6894					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6895					which will have the effect of
6896					making the message legal without
6897					exposing Bcc: recipients.
6898		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
6899					There is a chance that mailers down
6900					the line will delete this header,
6901					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6902					recipients.
6903		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6904	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
6905		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6906		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6907		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6908		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6909	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
6910		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6911		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6912		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6913		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6914		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6915		For example, if you run with
6916			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6917		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
6918		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6919		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6920		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6921	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6922		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
6923			list: member1
6924			list: member2
6925		and an alias file declared as:
6926			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6927		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6928		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6929		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6930	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6931	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6932		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
6933		Johannesen.
6934	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6935		to be simpler and more consistent.
6936	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
6937		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6938		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6939		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6940	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6941		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6942		This may affect some people who have written their own
6943		checkcompat() routine.
6944	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
6945		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6946		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6947	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6948		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6949		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6950		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6951	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6952		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6953		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6954		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6955		Corporation.
6956	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6957		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6958		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6959		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6960		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
6961		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6962		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
6963		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6964	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6965		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
6966		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6967	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6968		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6969		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6970	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6971		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6972		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6973	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6974		the header.
6975	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6976	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6977		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
6978		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6979	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6980		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6981		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6982		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6983		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
6984		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6985	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
6986		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6987		is added between the first and second word of the first
6988		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6989		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6990		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6991		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6992		old sendmails understand.
6993	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6994		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
6995	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6996		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6997		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
6998		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6999		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7000		data -- for example,
7001		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7002					(romanized/less information)
7003		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7004					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7005					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7006		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7007					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7008		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7009		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7010	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7011		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7012		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7013		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7014		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7015		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7016		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7017	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7018		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7019		increment on the background value).
7020	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7021		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7022		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7023	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7024		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7025		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7026	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7027		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7028		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7029		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7030		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7031	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7032		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7033		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7034		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7035		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7036		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7037		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7038		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7039		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7040	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7041		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7042		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7043		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7044		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7045		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7046		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7047	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7048		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7049		service type is "files".
7050	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7051		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7052		into class "c".
7053	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7054		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7055		contributed by SunSoft.
7056	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7057		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7058		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7059		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7060		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7061		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7062		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7063		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7064		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7065		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7066	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7067		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7068		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7069		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7070	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7071		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7072		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7073		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7074		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7075		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7076		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7077	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7078		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7079	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7080		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7081		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7082	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7083		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7084		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7085		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7086		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7087		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7088		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7089		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7090		flags.
7091	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7092		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7093		Motonori Nakamura.
7094	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7095		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7096		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7097		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7098		of MIT.
7099	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7100		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7101	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7102		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7103		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7104		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7105		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7106		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7107		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7108		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7109		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7110	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7111		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7112		the make.
7113	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7114		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7115		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7116		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7117	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7118		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7119		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7120		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7121		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7122		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7123	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7124		of Sun Microsystems.
7125	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7126		is at least 50% faster.
7127	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7128		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7129		University.
7130	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7131		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7132	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7133		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7134		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7135		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7136	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7137		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7138		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7139	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7140		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7141		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7142		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7143		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7144		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7145	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7146		Carnegie Mellon.
7147	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7148		support.
7149	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7150		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7151		Global Information Solutions.
7152	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7153		From Motonori Nakamura.
7154	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7155		Motonori Nakamura.
7156	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7157		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7158	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7159		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7160		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7161		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7162		James of British Telecom.
7163	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7164		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7165	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7166		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7167		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7168		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7169		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7170		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7171		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7172	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7173		a bad guy can read your private files.
7174	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7175		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7176		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7177			University.  This expands the disk size
7178			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7179		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7180			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7181		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7182			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7183		Linux Makefile typo.
7184		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7185			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7186		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7187			University, Chico.
7188		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7189			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7190			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7191			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7192			This requires adaptation of code that really
7193			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7194			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7195		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7196			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7197		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7198			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7199		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7200			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7201			problems.
7202		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7203			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7204			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7205		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7206			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7207		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7208			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7209		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7210			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7211			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7212			Wemm of DIALix.
7213		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7214			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7215			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7216			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7217			of Ohio State University.
7218		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7219			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7220			University.
7221		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7222			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7223			Mainz.
7224		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7225		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7226			wrong statfs call).
7227		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7228		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7229			University.
7230		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7231		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7232			Rochester Medical Center.
7233		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7234			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7235			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7236			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7237			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7238		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7239			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7240			Division.
7241		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7242			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7243		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7244			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7245		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7246			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7247		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7248		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7249			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7250		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7251		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7252		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7253		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7254		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7255			of Meteo France.
7256		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7257		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7258		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7259		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7260		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7261		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7262		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7263		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7264		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7265		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7266			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7267		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7268			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7269		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7270			of Colorado.
7271		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7272	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7273		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7274		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7275	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7276		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7277		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7278		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7279	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7280		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7281		giving the local administrator more control over what
7282		programs can be run from sendmail.
7283	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7284		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7285		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7286		never will.
7287	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7288		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7289		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7290	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7291		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7292		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7293		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7294		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7295	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7296		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7297	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7298		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7299		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7300		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7301			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7302		or
7303			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7304		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7305		can use:
7306			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7307		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7308		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7309		compatibility.
7310	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7311		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7312	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7313		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7314	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7315		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7316		County.
7317	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7318	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7319		just unqualified ones.
7320	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7321		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7322	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7323		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7324	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7325		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7326		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7327		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7328		centralized hub.
7329	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7330	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7331		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7332		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7333	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7334		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7335		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7336		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7337		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7338	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7339		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7340		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7341	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7342		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7343		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7344		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7345		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7346		but it is a no-op.
7347	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7348		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7349		as User Unknown.
7350	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7351		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7352		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7353		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7354	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7355		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7356		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7357	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7358		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7359		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7360		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7361	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7362		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7363		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7364	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7365	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7366		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7367	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7368		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7369		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7370		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7371	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7372		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7373		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7374		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7375		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7376		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7377		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7378		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7379	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7380		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7381		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7382		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7383		assumed.
7384	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7385		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7386		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7387		Information Systems Agency.
7388	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7389		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7390		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7391	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7392		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7393		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7394		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7395		that really can be used in the real world.
7396	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7397		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7398		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7399	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7400		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7401	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7402		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7403		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7404		by Scott Hutton.
7405	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7406		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7407	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7408		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7409		people.
7410	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7411		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7412	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7413		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7414		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7415	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7416		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7417		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7418	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7419		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7420		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7421		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7422	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7423		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7424		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7425		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7426		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7427		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7428	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7429		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7430		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7431	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7432		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7433		by Kimmo Suominen.
7434	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7435		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7436		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7437	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7438		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7439	NEW FILES:
7440		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7441		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7442		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7443		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7444		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7445		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7446		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7447		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7448		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7449		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7450		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7451		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7452		cf/domain/generic.m4
7453		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7454		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7455		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7456		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7457		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7458		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7459		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7460		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7461		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7462		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7463		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7464		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7465		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7466		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7467		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7468		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7469		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7470		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7471		contrib/bsdi.mc
7472		contrib/mailprio
7473		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7474		mail.local/mail.local.0
7475		makemap/makemap.0
7476		smrsh/README
7477		smrsh/smrsh.0
7478		smrsh/smrsh.8
7479		smrsh/smrsh.c
7480		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7481		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7482		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7483		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7484		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7485		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7486		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7487		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7488		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7489		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7490		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7491		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7492		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7493		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7494		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7495		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7496		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7497		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7498		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7499		src/aliases.0
7500		src/mailq.0
7501		src/mime.c
7502		src/newaliases.0
7503		src/sendmail.0
7504		test/t_seteuid.c
7505	RENAMED FILES:
7506		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7507		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7508		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7509		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7510		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7511		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7512		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7513		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7514		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7515		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7516		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7517		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7518		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7519		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7520		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7521		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7522		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7523		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7524		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7525		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7526		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7527	OBSOLETED FILES:
7528		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7529		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7530		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7531		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7532		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7533		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7534		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7535		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7536		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7537		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7538		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7539		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7540		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7541
75428.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7543	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7544		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7545		any user (except root).
7546	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7547		version number is unchanged.
7548
75498.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7550	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7551		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7552		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7553		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7554		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7555		each other!).
7556	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7557		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7558		than fork().
7559
75608.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7561	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7562		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7563	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7564		message when attempted from IDENT.
7565	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7566		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7567		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7568		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7569	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7570		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7571		partial lines.
7572	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7573		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7574		Rob McMahon.
7575	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7576		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7577		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7578		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7579	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7580		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7581		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7582		Novell Labs Europe.
7583	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7584		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7585		Cal State Chico.
7586	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7587		*Hobbit*.
7588	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7589		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7590	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7591		from Spider Boardman.
7592	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7593		with the binaries).
7594
75958.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7596	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7597		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7598	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7599		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7600		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7601		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7602		implications.
7603	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7604		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7605		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7606		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7607	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7608		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7609		University of Texas.
7610	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7611		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7612		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7613		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7614	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7615		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7616		Data General.
7617	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7618		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7619		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7620	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7621		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7622		with a lot of arguments).
7623	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7624		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7625		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7626		Michigan.
7627	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7628		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7629		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7630		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7631		Thibault.
7632	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7633		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7634		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7635		some of the map code.
7636	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7637		with the binaries).
7638
76398.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7640	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7641		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7642		may have some security implications.
7643	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7644		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7645		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7646	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7647		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7648	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7649		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7650	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7651	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7652		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7653		option.
7654	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7655		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7656		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7657		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7658		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7659		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7660		Rochester.
7661	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7662		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7663		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7664	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7665		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7666		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7667	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7668		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7669		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7670	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7671		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7672		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7673		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7674		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7675		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7676		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7677		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7678		messages.
7679	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7680		message to explain how much space was available and
7681		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7682		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7683	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7684		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7685		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7686		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7687		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7688		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7689		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7690		Kapor Enterprises.
7691	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7692		without recompiling.
7693	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7694		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7695		purely cosmetic.
7696	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7697		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7698		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7699	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7700		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7701		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7702		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7703		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7704		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7705		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7706	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7707		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7708		Wolfhugel.
7709	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7710		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7711		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7712		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7713		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7714		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7715		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7716		size around and can never start listening to connections
7717		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7718		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7719		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7720		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7721		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7722		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7723		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7724		implications.
7725	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7726		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7727	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7728		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7729		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7730	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7731		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7732		information.
7733	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7734		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7735		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7736		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7737		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7738		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7739		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7740	Portability fixes:
7741		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7742		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7743		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7744		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7745		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7746		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7747			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7748		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7749			Corporation.
7750		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7751		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7752			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7753		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7754	New Files:
7755		src/Makefile.CLIX
7756		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7757		doc/changes/Makefile
7758		doc/changes/changes.me
7759		doc/changes/changes.ps
7760
77618.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7762	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7763		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7764		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7765
77668.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7767	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7768		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7769		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7770		list.
7771
77728.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7773	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7774		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7775		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7776		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7777		valid shell.
7778	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7779		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7780		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7781		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7782		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7783		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7784	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7785		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7786		from a local user to another local user.  From
7787		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7788	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7789		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7790		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7791	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7792		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7793		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7794		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7795		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7796		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7797		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7798		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7799		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7800	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7801		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7802		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7803	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7804		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7805		BSD-like system.
7806	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7807		protocol entirely.
7808	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7809		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7810		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7811		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7812		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7813	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7814	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7815		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7816		files.
7817	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7818		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7819		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7820	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7821		of CMU.
7822	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7823		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7824		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7825	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7826		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7827		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7828		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7829	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7830		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7831		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7832		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7833		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7834		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7835	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7836		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7837	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7838		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7839		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7840		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7841		Motonori Nakamura.
7842	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7843		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7844		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7845	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7846		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7847		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7848		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7849	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7850		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7851		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7852	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7853		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7854		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7855	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7856		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7857		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7858		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7859	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7860		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7861		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7862		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7863	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7864		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7865		didn't see the class items being added.
7866	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7867		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7868		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7869		Rutgers.
7870	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7871		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7872	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7873		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7874		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
7875		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7876		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7877		the problem myself.
7878	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7879		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7880		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7881		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7882	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7883		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7884		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
7885		UUNET.
7886	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7887		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
7888		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
7889		John Oleynick.
7890	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7891		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
7892		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7893	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7894		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
7895		Nakamura.
7896	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7897		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7898		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7899		University of Washington.
7900	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7901		don't have an ``=value'' part.
7902	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7903		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
7904		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7905		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7906		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7907		of Cambridge University.
7908	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7909		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7910		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7911	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7912		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7913		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7914	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7915		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
7916		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7917		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7918		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7919		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
7920		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7921		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7922		a chance.
7923	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7924		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7925	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7926		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7927		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7928		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
7929		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7930		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
7931		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7932		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7933	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
7934		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7935	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7936	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7937		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7938		size for various mailers.
7939	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7940		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7941		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7942	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7943		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7944		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7945	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7946	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7947		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
7948		system.
7949	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7950		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
7951		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7952	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7953		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
7954		Michel of Thomson CSF.
7955	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7956		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7957		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7958		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7959		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7960		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7961		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7962		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
7963		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7964		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7965		University of Sydney.
7966	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7967		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7968		This is because of the known bug where definition of
7969		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7970		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7971	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7972		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7973		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
7974		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
7975		Suominen.
7976	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7977		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7978		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7979		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7980	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
7981		Suominen.
7982	Portability fixes:
7983		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7984		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7985		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7986		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7987		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7988		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7989		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7990		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7991		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7992	NEW FILES:
7993		src/Makefile.DomainOS
7994		src/Makefile.PTX
7995		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7996		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7997		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7998		src/mailq.1
7999		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8000		doc/op/Makefile
8001		doc/intro/Makefile
8002		doc/usenix/Makefile
8003
80048.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8005	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8006		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8007		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8008	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8009		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8010		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8011		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8012		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8013	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8014		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8015		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8016		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8017		Christian Wettergren.
8018	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8019		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8020		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8021		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8022		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8023		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8024		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8025		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8026		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8027		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8028		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8029		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8030		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8031		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8032	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8033		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8034		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8035		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8036	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8037		connection to create problems on the current job.
8038		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8039		the wrong place.
8040	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8041		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8042		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8043		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8044	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8045		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8046	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8047		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8048		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8049	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8050		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8051		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8052		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8053		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8054	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8055		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8056		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8057	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8058		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8059		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8060	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8061		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8062	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8063		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8064		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8065		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8066	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8067		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8068		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8069	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8070		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8071		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8072	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8073		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8074		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8075	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8076		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8077		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8078		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8079		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8080		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8081	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8082		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8083		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8084		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8085	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8086		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8087		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8088		dot convention.
8089	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8090		of from a clean exit.
8091	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8092		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8093		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8094	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8095		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8096		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8097		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8098	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8099		Jones of UUNET.
8100	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8101		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8102		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8103		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8104	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8105		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8106		says that they should be ignored.
8107	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8108		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8109		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8110		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8111		is not reentrant.
8112	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8113		documented in the Bat Book.
8114	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8115		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8116		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8117		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8118	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8119		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8120		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8121		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8122		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8123	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8124		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8125	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8126		of Kyoto University.
8127	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8128		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8129	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8130		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8131	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8132		Bryan Costales.
8133	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8134		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8135	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8136		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8137		Nakamura.
8138	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8139		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8140		illegal addresses appearing there).
8141	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8142		BB&N.
8143	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8144		included.
8145	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8146		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8147	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8148		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8149		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8150		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8151	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8152		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8153	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8154		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8155		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8156	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8157		to include a host name or other useful information.
8158	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8159		DeMarco.
8160	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8161		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8162		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8163		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8164		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8165	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8166		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8167	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8168		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8169		this properly).
8170	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8171		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8172		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8173	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8174		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8175		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8176		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8177		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8178		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8179		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8180		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8181	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8182		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8183		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8184		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8185		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8186		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8187		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8188	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8189		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8190		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8191		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8192	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8193		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8194	Portability fixes for:
8195		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8196		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8197		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8198		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8199		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8200			of Stoner Associates.
8201		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8202		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8203			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8204			of Maryland.
8205		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8206		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8207		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8208		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8209		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8210		RISC/os.
8211		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8212			at Chico.
8213		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8214		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8215		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8216			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8217			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8218	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8219		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8220		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8221		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8222		addresses when relaying internally.
8223	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8224		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8225		provided by Peter Wemm.
8226	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8227		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8228		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8229	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8230		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8231	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8232		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8233		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8234		names.
8235	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8236		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8237		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8238	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8239		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8240		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8241		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8242		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8243	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8244		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8245	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8246	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8247		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8248		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8249		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8250		of Georgia Tech.
8251	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8252		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8253	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8254		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8255		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8256		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8257		the local name prepended.
8258	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8259	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8260	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8261		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8262	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8263		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8264		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8265	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8266		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8267			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8268		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8269			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8270			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8271			cause some .forward files that have worked
8272			before to start failing.
8273		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8274	NEW FILES:
8275		src/Makefile.DGUX
8276		src/Makefile.Dynix
8277		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8278		src/Makefile.Mach386
8279		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8280		src/Makefile.RISCos
8281		src/Makefile.SCO
8282		src/Makefile.SVR4
8283		src/Makefile.Titan
8284		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8285		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8286		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8287		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8288		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8289		makemap/Makefile.dist
8290		praliases/Makefile.dist
8291
82928.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8293	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8294		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8295		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8296	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8297		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8298		class of attack.
8299	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8300		in a few critical places.
8301	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8302		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8303		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8304		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8305		and High-Energy Physics.
8306	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8307		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8308		Eric Wassenaar.
8309	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8310		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8311		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8312		Wassenaar.
8313	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8314		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8315		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8316		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8317	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8318		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8319		these can have different values depending on which
8320		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8321	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8322		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8323	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8324		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8325		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8326		postmaster" case.
8327	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8328	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8329		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8330	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8331		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8332		Christopher Davis.
8333	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8334		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8335		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8336		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8337	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8338		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8339
83408.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8341	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8342		addresses that get return-receipts.
8343	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8344		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8345		and end up sending the message several times.
8346	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8347		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8348		four hours".
8349	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8350		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8351		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8352		Cornell University Medical College.
8353	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8354		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8355		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8356		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8357		Wassenaar.
8358	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8359		connections fail during message collection.  From
8360		Eric Wassenaar.
8361	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8362		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8363		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8364		Stratus.
8365	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8366		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8367		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8368	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8369		by non-root users were not put into
8370		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8371		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8372		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8373	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8374		could get confused as to whether a database was
8375		open or not.
8376	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8377		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8378		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8379		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8380		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8381	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8382		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8383		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8384	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8385
83868.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8387	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8388	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8389		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8390		propagated to the queue file.
8391
83928.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8393	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8394		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8395	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8396		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8397		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8398		header files but don't have the syscall.
8399	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8400		if trymx == FALSE.
8401	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8402		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8403		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8404		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8405	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8406		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8407	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8408		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8409		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8410		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8411		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8412		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8413		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8414	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8415		Kanbe.
8416	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8417		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8418		Wisner of The Well.
8419	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8420		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8421	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8422		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8423		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8424		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8425		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8426		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8427		read permission.
8428	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8429		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8430		MX suppression will still work.
8431	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8432		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8433		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8434		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8435	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8436		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8437		Nakamura.
8438	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8439		"CX $Z" works.
8440	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8441		trying to send the original message if the connection
8442		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8443		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8444		by John Myers of CMU.
8445	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8446		term bug.
8447	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8448		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8449		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8450		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8451		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8452		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8453	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8454	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8455		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8456	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8457		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8458		level.
8459	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8460		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8461		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8462		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8463		address.
8464	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8465		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8466		Harvey Mudd College.
8467	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8468		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8469		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8470		their full name information.
8471	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8472		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8473		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8474	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8475		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8476	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8477		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8478		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8479		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8480	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8481		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8482		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8483		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8484	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8485		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8486		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8487		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8488		names.
8489	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8490		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8491		helpful.
8492	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8493		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8494		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8495		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8496	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8497		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8498		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8499	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8500		that claims to be itself works properly.
8501	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8502		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8503		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8504		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8505	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8506		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8507		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8508	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8509		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8510		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8511		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8512		scratch.
8513	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8514		true address to still send to the original address
8515		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8516		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8517		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8518	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8519		more trouble than it was worth.
8520	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8521		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8522		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8523	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8524		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8525		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8526	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8527		the queue.
8528	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8529		messages don't come out with stale information.
8530	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8531		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8532	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8533		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8534		Myers of CMU.
8535	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8536		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8537		Corrigan.
8538	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8539		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8540		sender address.
8541	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8542	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8543	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8544		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8545		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8546		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8547		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8548		that does bulk data transfer).
8549	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8550		Amir Plivatsky.
8551	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8552		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8553		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8554		bogus config files that were not caught.
8555	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8556		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8557	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8558		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8559		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8560	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8561		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8562	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8563		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8564		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8565		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8566	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8567		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8568	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8569		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8570	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8571		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8572	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8573		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8574		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8575		Melbourne.
8576	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8577		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8578		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8579		to match regular entries.
8580	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8581		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8582	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8583		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8584	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8585		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8586		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8587	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8588		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8589		messages is the best possible.
8590	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8591		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8592		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8593	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8594		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8595	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8596		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8597	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8598		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8599	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8600	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8601		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8602		on the address.
8603	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8604		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8605		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8606		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8607		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8608	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8609	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8610	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8611		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8612		addresses in any detail.
8613	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8614		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8615	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8616		with an address such as "!foo".
8617	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8618		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8619		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8620		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8621		Bret Marquis.
8622
86238.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8624	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8625		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8626		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8627		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8628	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8629		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8630		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8631		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8632		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8633		Nakamura.
8634	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8635		are no DNS records matching the name.
8636	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8637		original message was received ... from localhost".
8638		The correct original host information is now included.
8639	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8640		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8641		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8642	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8643		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8644	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8645		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8646		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8647		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8648		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8649		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8650		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8651		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8652
86538.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8654	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8655		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8656		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8657		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8658		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8659		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8660		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8661		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8662		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8663		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8664		UIUC sendmail.
8665	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8666		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8667		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8668		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8669		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8670		by Neil Rickert.
8671	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8672		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8673		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8674		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8675		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8676		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8677		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8678		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8679		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8680		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8681	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8682		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8683		humans.
8684	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8685		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8686	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8687		repaired).
8688	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8689		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8690		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8691		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8692	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8693		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8694		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8695	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8696		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8697		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8698		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8699		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8700	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8701		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8702		core dumps on some machines.
8703	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8704		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8705		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8706		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8707		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8708		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8709		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8710		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8711		some true error conditions.
8712	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8713		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8714		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8715		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8716	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8717		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8718		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8719		by Motonori Nakamura.
8720	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8721		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8722		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8723		a queue run than a direct run.
8724	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8725		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8726		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8727	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8728		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8729		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8730		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8731		restart it.
8732	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8733		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8734		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8735		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8736		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8737		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8738		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8739		is appropriately functional.
8740	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8741		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8742		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8743		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8744	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8745		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8746		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8747		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8748		Technologies.
8749	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8750		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8751		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8752		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8753		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8754		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8755		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8756		things.
8757	Portability changes:
8758		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8759			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8760			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8761			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8762			of Colorado.
8763		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8764			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8765		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8766			Corporation.
8767		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8768			documentation apparently doesn't define
8769			__STDC__ by default).
8770		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8771		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8772			Motonori Nakamura.
8773	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8774	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8775		several people have made a good argument that this
8776		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8777		may prove painful in the short run).
8778	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8779		format.
8780	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8781		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8782		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8783	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8784		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8785		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8786		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8787		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8788	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8789		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8790		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8791		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8792	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8793		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8794		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8795		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8796	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8797		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8798		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8799		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8800		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8801	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8802		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8803
88048.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8805	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8806		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8807		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8808		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8809		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8810		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8811		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8812		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8813		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8814	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8815		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8816		"user friendly".
8817	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8818		16 bytes/sec.
8819	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8820		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8821		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8822		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8823		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8824		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8825		for quick test cases.
8826	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8827		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8828		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8829		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8830	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8831		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8832		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8833	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8834		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8835		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8836		From Michael Corrigan.
8837	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8838		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8839		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8840	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8841		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8842		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8843	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8844		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8845		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8846	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8847
88488.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8849	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8850	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8851		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8852		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8853	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8854	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8855		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8856		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8857		from Bill Wisner.
8858	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8859		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8860	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8861		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8862		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8863	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8864		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8865		match the other flags in that file.
8866	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8867	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8868		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8869	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8870		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8871		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8872	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8873		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8874	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8875		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8876		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
8877	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8878		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8879		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8880	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8881		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
8882		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8883		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
8884		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8885	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8886		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8887		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8888		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8889		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8890		the root and directories leading up to your home);
8891		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8892		be owned by you.
8893	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8894		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8895		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8896		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8897	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8898	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8899	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8900		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
8901		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8902		is separate; this is just intended to work around
8903		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8904		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8905	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8906		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8907		matching without a null it never tries again with a
8908		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
8909		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8910		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
8911		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
8912		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8913		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8914		it adapts.
8915	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8916		will insert the appropriate full name information;
8917		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8918		way.
8919	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8920		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8921		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8922	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8923		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8924		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8925		only happen when there has been another error in the
8926		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
8927		by default in conf.h.
8928	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8929		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
8930		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8931		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8932		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8933		This output is not intended to be particularly human
8934		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8935		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8936	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
8937		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8938		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8939		See cf/README for an example.
8940	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8941		sites that don't use the -d flag.
8942	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8943		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8944		has been requested by several people, but can break
8945		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8946		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8947		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8948		broken.  Use it sparingly.
8949	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
8950		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
8951		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8952	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
8953		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8954		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
8955		Bill Wisner of The Well.
8956	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8957		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
8958		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8959
89608.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
8961	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8962		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8963	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8964		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8965		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8966	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8967
89688.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
8969	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8970		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
8971		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8972
89738.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
8974	Another mailertable fix....
8975
89768.1/8.1		1993/06/07
8977	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
8978